ASTContext.cpp revision 099ecfb0ed137665a3394187030d8fd7183fd9d4
1//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements the ASTContext interface. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 15#include "CXXABI.h" 16#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 17#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 18#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19#include "clang/AST/Comment.h" 20#include "clang/AST/CommentCommandTraits.h" 21#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 22#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 24#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 25#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 27#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" 28#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" 29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 34#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h" 35#include "llvm/Support/Capacity.h" 36#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h" 37#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h" 38#include <map> 39 40using namespace clang; 41 42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors; 43unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared; 44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors; 45unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared; 46unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructors; 47unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared; 48unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators; 49unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 50unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators; 51unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared; 52unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors; 53unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared; 54 55enum FloatingRank { 56 HalfRank, FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank 57}; 58 59RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(const Decl *D) const { 60 if (!CommentsLoaded && ExternalSource) { 61 ExternalSource->ReadComments(); 62 CommentsLoaded = true; 63 } 64 65 assert(D); 66 67 // User can not attach documentation to implicit declarations. 68 if (D->isImplicit()) 69 return NULL; 70 71 // User can not attach documentation to implicit instantiations. 72 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 73 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 74 return NULL; 75 } 76 77 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 78 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 79 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 80 return NULL; 81 } 82 83 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 84 if (CRD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 85 return NULL; 86 } 87 88 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 89 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) { 90 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = CTSD->getSpecializationKind(); 91 if (TSK == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation || 92 TSK == TSK_Undeclared) 93 return NULL; 94 } 95 96 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 97 if (ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 98 return NULL; 99 } 100 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) { 101 // When tag declaration (but not definition!) is part of the 102 // decl-specifier-seq of some other declaration, it doesn't get comment 103 if (TD->isEmbeddedInDeclarator() && !TD->isCompleteDefinition()) 104 return NULL; 105 } 106 // TODO: handle comments for function parameters properly. 107 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D)) 108 return NULL; 109 110 // TODO: we could look up template parameter documentation in the template 111 // documentation. 112 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(D) || 113 isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(D) || 114 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(D)) 115 return NULL; 116 117 ArrayRef<RawComment *> RawComments = Comments.getComments(); 118 119 // If there are no comments anywhere, we won't find anything. 120 if (RawComments.empty()) 121 return NULL; 122 123 // Find declaration location. 124 // For Objective-C declarations we generally don't expect to have multiple 125 // declarators, thus use declaration starting location as the "declaration 126 // location". 127 // For all other declarations multiple declarators are used quite frequently, 128 // so we use the location of the identifier as the "declaration location". 129 SourceLocation DeclLoc; 130 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(D) || 131 isa<ObjCPropertyDecl>(D) || 132 isa<RedeclarableTemplateDecl>(D) || 133 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D)) 134 DeclLoc = D->getLocStart(); 135 else 136 DeclLoc = D->getLocation(); 137 138 // If the declaration doesn't map directly to a location in a file, we 139 // can't find the comment. 140 if (DeclLoc.isInvalid() || !DeclLoc.isFileID()) 141 return NULL; 142 143 // Find the comment that occurs just after this declaration. 144 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator Comment; 145 { 146 // When searching for comments during parsing, the comment we are looking 147 // for is usually among the last two comments we parsed -- check them 148 // first. 149 RawComment CommentAtDeclLoc( 150 SourceMgr, SourceRange(DeclLoc), false, 151 LangOpts.CommentOpts.ParseAllComments); 152 BeforeThanCompare<RawComment> Compare(SourceMgr); 153 ArrayRef<RawComment *>::iterator MaybeBeforeDecl = RawComments.end() - 1; 154 bool Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 155 if (!Found && RawComments.size() >= 2) { 156 MaybeBeforeDecl--; 157 Found = Compare(*MaybeBeforeDecl, &CommentAtDeclLoc); 158 } 159 160 if (Found) { 161 Comment = MaybeBeforeDecl + 1; 162 assert(Comment == std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 163 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare)); 164 } else { 165 // Slow path. 166 Comment = std::lower_bound(RawComments.begin(), RawComments.end(), 167 &CommentAtDeclLoc, Compare); 168 } 169 } 170 171 // Decompose the location for the declaration and find the beginning of the 172 // file buffer. 173 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> DeclLocDecomp = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc(DeclLoc); 174 175 // First check whether we have a trailing comment. 176 if (Comment != RawComments.end() && 177 (*Comment)->isDocumentation() && (*Comment)->isTrailingComment() && 178 (isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<EnumConstantDecl>(D) || isa<VarDecl>(D))) { 179 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentBeginDecomp 180 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getBegin()); 181 // Check that Doxygen trailing comment comes after the declaration, starts 182 // on the same line and in the same file as the declaration. 183 if (DeclLocDecomp.first == CommentBeginDecomp.first && 184 SourceMgr.getLineNumber(DeclLocDecomp.first, DeclLocDecomp.second) 185 == SourceMgr.getLineNumber(CommentBeginDecomp.first, 186 CommentBeginDecomp.second)) { 187 return *Comment; 188 } 189 } 190 191 // The comment just after the declaration was not a trailing comment. 192 // Let's look at the previous comment. 193 if (Comment == RawComments.begin()) 194 return NULL; 195 --Comment; 196 197 // Check that we actually have a non-member Doxygen comment. 198 if (!(*Comment)->isDocumentation() || (*Comment)->isTrailingComment()) 199 return NULL; 200 201 // Decompose the end of the comment. 202 std::pair<FileID, unsigned> CommentEndDecomp 203 = SourceMgr.getDecomposedLoc((*Comment)->getSourceRange().getEnd()); 204 205 // If the comment and the declaration aren't in the same file, then they 206 // aren't related. 207 if (DeclLocDecomp.first != CommentEndDecomp.first) 208 return NULL; 209 210 // Get the corresponding buffer. 211 bool Invalid = false; 212 const char *Buffer = SourceMgr.getBufferData(DeclLocDecomp.first, 213 &Invalid).data(); 214 if (Invalid) 215 return NULL; 216 217 // Extract text between the comment and declaration. 218 StringRef Text(Buffer + CommentEndDecomp.second, 219 DeclLocDecomp.second - CommentEndDecomp.second); 220 221 // There should be no other declarations or preprocessor directives between 222 // comment and declaration. 223 if (Text.find_first_of(",;{}#@") != StringRef::npos) 224 return NULL; 225 226 return *Comment; 227} 228 229namespace { 230/// If we have a 'templated' declaration for a template, adjust 'D' to 231/// refer to the actual template. 232/// If we have an implicit instantiation, adjust 'D' to refer to template. 233const Decl *adjustDeclToTemplate(const Decl *D) { 234 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 235 // Is this function declaration part of a function template? 236 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 237 return FTD; 238 239 // Nothing to do if function is not an implicit instantiation. 240 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 241 return D; 242 243 // Function is an implicit instantiation of a function template? 244 if (const FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) 245 return FTD; 246 247 // Function is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 248 if (const FunctionDecl *MemberDecl = 249 FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) 250 return MemberDecl; 251 252 return D; 253 } 254 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 255 // Static data member is instantiated from a member definition of a class 256 // template? 257 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 258 if (const VarDecl *MemberDecl = VD->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) 259 return MemberDecl; 260 261 return D; 262 } 263 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) { 264 // Is this class declaration part of a class template? 265 if (const ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = CRD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 266 return CTD; 267 268 // Class is an implicit instantiation of a class template or partial 269 // specialization? 270 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *CTSD = 271 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(CRD)) { 272 if (CTSD->getSpecializationKind() != TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 273 return D; 274 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, 275 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *> 276 PU = CTSD->getSpecializedTemplateOrPartial(); 277 return PU.is<ClassTemplateDecl*>() ? 278 static_cast<const Decl*>(PU.get<ClassTemplateDecl *>()) : 279 static_cast<const Decl*>( 280 PU.get<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *>()); 281 } 282 283 // Class is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 284 if (const MemberSpecializationInfo *Info = 285 CRD->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) 286 return Info->getInstantiatedFrom(); 287 288 return D; 289 } 290 if (const EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 291 // Enum is instantiated from a member definition of a class template? 292 if (const EnumDecl *MemberDecl = ED->getInstantiatedFromMemberEnum()) 293 return MemberDecl; 294 295 return D; 296 } 297 // FIXME: Adjust alias templates? 298 return D; 299} 300} // unnamed namespace 301 302const RawComment *ASTContext::getRawCommentForAnyRedecl( 303 const Decl *D, 304 const Decl **OriginalDecl) const { 305 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 306 307 // Check whether we have cached a comment for this declaration already. 308 { 309 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 310 RedeclComments.find(D); 311 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 312 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 313 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 314 if (OriginalDecl) 315 *OriginalDecl = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 316 return Raw.getRaw(); 317 } 318 } 319 } 320 321 // Search for comments attached to declarations in the redeclaration chain. 322 const RawComment *RC = NULL; 323 const Decl *OriginalDeclForRC = NULL; 324 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 325 E = D->redecls_end(); 326 I != E; ++I) { 327 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, RawCommentAndCacheFlags>::iterator Pos = 328 RedeclComments.find(*I); 329 if (Pos != RedeclComments.end()) { 330 const RawCommentAndCacheFlags &Raw = Pos->second; 331 if (Raw.getKind() != RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) { 332 RC = Raw.getRaw(); 333 OriginalDeclForRC = Raw.getOriginalDecl(); 334 break; 335 } 336 } else { 337 RC = getRawCommentForDeclNoCache(*I); 338 OriginalDeclForRC = *I; 339 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 340 if (RC) { 341 Raw.setRaw(RC); 342 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromDecl); 343 } else 344 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl); 345 Raw.setOriginalDecl(*I); 346 RedeclComments[*I] = Raw; 347 if (RC) 348 break; 349 } 350 } 351 352 // If we found a comment, it should be a documentation comment. 353 assert(!RC || RC->isDocumentation()); 354 355 if (OriginalDecl) 356 *OriginalDecl = OriginalDeclForRC; 357 358 // Update cache for every declaration in the redeclaration chain. 359 RawCommentAndCacheFlags Raw; 360 Raw.setRaw(RC); 361 Raw.setKind(RawCommentAndCacheFlags::FromRedecl); 362 Raw.setOriginalDecl(OriginalDeclForRC); 363 364 for (Decl::redecl_iterator I = D->redecls_begin(), 365 E = D->redecls_end(); 366 I != E; ++I) { 367 RawCommentAndCacheFlags &R = RedeclComments[*I]; 368 if (R.getKind() == RawCommentAndCacheFlags::NoCommentInDecl) 369 R = Raw; 370 } 371 372 return RC; 373} 374 375static void addRedeclaredMethods(const ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 376 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Redeclared) { 377 const DeclContext *DC = ObjCMethod->getDeclContext(); 378 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(DC)) { 379 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = IMD->getClassInterface(); 380 if (!ID) 381 return; 382 // Add redeclared method here. 383 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 384 Ext = ID->known_extensions_begin(), 385 ExtEnd = ID->known_extensions_end(); 386 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 387 if (ObjCMethodDecl *RedeclaredMethod = 388 Ext->getMethod(ObjCMethod->getSelector(), 389 ObjCMethod->isInstanceMethod())) 390 Redeclared.push_back(RedeclaredMethod); 391 } 392 } 393} 394 395comments::FullComment *ASTContext::cloneFullComment(comments::FullComment *FC, 396 const Decl *D) const { 397 comments::DeclInfo *ThisDeclInfo = new (*this) comments::DeclInfo; 398 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = D; 399 ThisDeclInfo->IsFilled = false; 400 ThisDeclInfo->fill(); 401 ThisDeclInfo->CommentDecl = FC->getDecl(); 402 comments::FullComment *CFC = 403 new (*this) comments::FullComment(FC->getBlocks(), 404 ThisDeclInfo); 405 return CFC; 406 407} 408 409comments::FullComment *ASTContext::getCommentForDecl( 410 const Decl *D, 411 const Preprocessor *PP) const { 412 D = adjustDeclToTemplate(D); 413 414 const Decl *Canonical = D->getCanonicalDecl(); 415 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl *, comments::FullComment *>::iterator Pos = 416 ParsedComments.find(Canonical); 417 418 if (Pos != ParsedComments.end()) { 419 if (Canonical != D) { 420 comments::FullComment *FC = Pos->second; 421 comments::FullComment *CFC = cloneFullComment(FC, D); 422 return CFC; 423 } 424 return Pos->second; 425 } 426 427 const Decl *OriginalDecl; 428 429 const RawComment *RC = getRawCommentForAnyRedecl(D, &OriginalDecl); 430 if (!RC) { 431 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 432 SmallVector<const NamedDecl*, 8> Overridden; 433 const ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 434 if (OMD && OMD->isPropertyAccessor()) 435 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = OMD->findPropertyDecl()) 436 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(PDecl, PP)) 437 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 438 if (OMD) 439 addRedeclaredMethods(OMD, Overridden); 440 getOverriddenMethods(dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(D), Overridden); 441 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Overridden.size(); i < e; i++) 442 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(Overridden[i], PP)) 443 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 444 } 445 else if (const TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(D)) { 446 // Attach any tag type's documentation to its typedef if latter 447 // does not have one of its own. 448 QualType QT = TD->getUnderlyingType(); 449 if (const TagType *TT = QT->getAs<TagType>()) 450 if (const Decl *TD = TT->getDecl()) 451 if (comments::FullComment *FC = getCommentForDecl(TD, PP)) 452 return cloneFullComment(FC, D); 453 } 454 return NULL; 455 } 456 457 // If the RawComment was attached to other redeclaration of this Decl, we 458 // should parse the comment in context of that other Decl. This is important 459 // because comments can contain references to parameter names which can be 460 // different across redeclarations. 461 if (D != OriginalDecl) 462 return getCommentForDecl(OriginalDecl, PP); 463 464 comments::FullComment *FC = RC->parse(*this, PP, D); 465 ParsedComments[Canonical] = FC; 466 return FC; 467} 468 469void 470ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, 471 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) { 472 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth()); 473 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition()); 474 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack()); 475 476 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters(); 477 ID.AddInteger(Params->size()); 478 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 479 PEnd = Params->end(); 480 P != PEnd; ++P) { 481 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) { 482 ID.AddInteger(0); 483 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack()); 484 continue; 485 } 486 487 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 488 ID.AddInteger(1); 489 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack()); 490 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 491 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 492 ID.AddBoolean(true); 493 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes()); 494 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 495 QualType T = NTTP->getExpansionType(I); 496 ID.AddPointer(T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr()); 497 } 498 } else 499 ID.AddBoolean(false); 500 continue; 501 } 502 503 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P); 504 ID.AddInteger(2); 505 Profile(ID, TTP); 506 } 507} 508 509TemplateTemplateParmDecl * 510ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 511 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const { 512 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter. 513 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 514 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP); 515 void *InsertPos = 0; 516 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical 517 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 518 if (Canonical) 519 return Canonical->getParam(); 520 521 // Build a canonical template parameter list. 522 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters(); 523 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams; 524 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size()); 525 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(), 526 PEnd = Params->end(); 527 P != PEnd; ++P) { 528 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) 529 CanonParams.push_back( 530 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 531 SourceLocation(), 532 SourceLocation(), 533 TTP->getDepth(), 534 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false, 535 TTP->isParameterPack())); 536 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP 537 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) { 538 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType()); 539 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 540 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param; 541 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) { 542 SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes; 543 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos; 544 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) { 545 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I))); 546 ExpandedTInfos.push_back( 547 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back())); 548 } 549 550 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 551 SourceLocation(), 552 SourceLocation(), 553 NTTP->getDepth(), 554 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 555 T, 556 TInfo, 557 ExpandedTypes.data(), 558 ExpandedTypes.size(), 559 ExpandedTInfos.data()); 560 } else { 561 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 562 SourceLocation(), 563 SourceLocation(), 564 NTTP->getDepth(), 565 NTTP->getPosition(), 0, 566 T, 567 NTTP->isParameterPack(), 568 TInfo); 569 } 570 CanonParams.push_back(Param); 571 572 } else 573 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl( 574 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P))); 575 } 576 577 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP 578 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 579 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(), 580 TTP->getPosition(), 581 TTP->isParameterPack(), 582 0, 583 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(), 584 SourceLocation(), 585 CanonParams.data(), 586 CanonParams.size(), 587 SourceLocation())); 588 589 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 590 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 591 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); 592 (void)Canonical; 593 594 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry. 595 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP); 596 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos); 597 return CanonTTP; 598} 599 600CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) { 601 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0; 602 603 switch (T.getCXXABI().getKind()) { 604 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 605 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 606 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this); 607 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: // Same as Itanium at this level 608 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 609 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this); 610 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 611 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this); 612 } 613 llvm_unreachable("Invalid CXXABI type!"); 614} 615 616static const LangAS::Map *getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T, 617 const LangOptions &LOpts) { 618 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) { 619 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each 620 // language-specific address space. 621 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = { 622 1, // opencl_global 623 2, // opencl_local 624 3, // opencl_constant 625 4, // cuda_device 626 5, // cuda_constant 627 6 // cuda_shared 628 }; 629 return &FakeAddrSpaceMap; 630 } else { 631 return &T.getAddressSpaceMap(); 632 } 633} 634 635ASTContext::ASTContext(LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM, 636 const TargetInfo *t, 637 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels, 638 Builtin::Context &builtins, 639 unsigned size_reserve, 640 bool DelayInitialization) 641 : FunctionProtoTypes(this_()), 642 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 643 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()), 644 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks(this_()), 645 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), 646 Int128Decl(0), UInt128Decl(0), 647 BuiltinVaListDecl(0), 648 ObjCIdDecl(0), ObjCSelDecl(0), ObjCClassDecl(0), ObjCProtocolClassDecl(0), 649 BOOLDecl(0), 650 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), ObjCInstanceTypeDecl(0), 651 FILEDecl(0), 652 jmp_bufDecl(0), sigjmp_bufDecl(0), ucontext_tDecl(0), 653 BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0), 654 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0), 655 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()), 656 FirstLocalImport(), LastLocalImport(), 657 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), 658 AddrSpaceMap(0), Target(t), PrintingPolicy(LOpts), 659 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels), 660 BuiltinInfo(builtins), 661 DeclarationNames(*this), 662 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), 663 Comments(SM), CommentsLoaded(false), 664 CommentCommandTraits(BumpAlloc, LOpts.CommentOpts), 665 LastSDM(0, 0), 666 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) 667{ 668 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve); 669 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this); 670 671 if (!DelayInitialization) { 672 assert(t && "No target supplied for ASTContext initialization"); 673 InitBuiltinTypes(*t); 674 } 675} 676 677ASTContext::~ASTContext() { 678 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects. 679 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution? 680 ReleaseDeclContextMaps(); 681 682 // Call all of the deallocation functions. 683 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I) 684 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second); 685 686 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed 687 // because they can contain DenseMaps. 688 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*, 689 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 690 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; ) 691 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 692 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 693 R->Destroy(*this); 694 695 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator 696 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) { 697 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory. 698 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second)) 699 R->Destroy(*this); 700 } 701 702 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(), 703 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end(); 704 A != AEnd; ++A) 705 A->second->~AttrVec(); 706} 707 708void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) { 709 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data)); 710} 711 712void 713ASTContext::setExternalSource(OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) { 714 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take()); 715} 716 717void ASTContext::PrintStats() const { 718 llvm::errs() << "\n*** AST Context Stats:\n"; 719 llvm::errs() << " " << Types.size() << " types total.\n"; 720 721 unsigned counts[] = { 722#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0, 723#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 724#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 725 0 // Extra 726 }; 727 728 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) { 729 Type *T = Types[i]; 730 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++; 731 } 732 733 unsigned Idx = 0; 734 unsigned TotalBytes = 0; 735#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \ 736 if (counts[Idx]) \ 737 llvm::errs() << " " << counts[Idx] << " " << #Name \ 738 << " types\n"; \ 739 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \ 740 ++Idx; 741#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent) 742#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 743 744 llvm::errs() << "Total bytes = " << TotalBytes << "\n"; 745 746 // Implicit special member functions. 747 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared << "/" 748 << NumImplicitDefaultConstructors 749 << " implicit default constructors created\n"; 750 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared << "/" 751 << NumImplicitCopyConstructors 752 << " implicit copy constructors created\n"; 753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 754 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveConstructorsDeclared << "/" 755 << NumImplicitMoveConstructors 756 << " implicit move constructors created\n"; 757 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 758 << NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators 759 << " implicit copy assignment operators created\n"; 760 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 761 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperatorsDeclared << "/" 762 << NumImplicitMoveAssignmentOperators 763 << " implicit move assignment operators created\n"; 764 llvm::errs() << NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared << "/" 765 << NumImplicitDestructors 766 << " implicit destructors created\n"; 767 768 if (ExternalSource.get()) { 769 llvm::errs() << "\n"; 770 ExternalSource->PrintStats(); 771 } 772 773 BumpAlloc.PrintStats(); 774} 775 776TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getInt128Decl() const { 777 if (!Int128Decl) { 778 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Int128Ty); 779 Int128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 780 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 781 SourceLocation(), 782 SourceLocation(), 783 &Idents.get("__int128_t"), 784 TInfo); 785 } 786 787 return Int128Decl; 788} 789 790TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getUInt128Decl() const { 791 if (!UInt128Decl) { 792 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnsignedInt128Ty); 793 UInt128Decl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 794 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 795 SourceLocation(), 796 SourceLocation(), 797 &Idents.get("__uint128_t"), 798 TInfo); 799 } 800 801 return UInt128Decl; 802} 803 804void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) { 805 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K); 806 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0)); 807 Types.push_back(Ty); 808} 809 810void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes(const TargetInfo &Target) { 811 assert((!this->Target || this->Target == &Target) && 812 "Incorrect target reinitialization"); 813 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?"); 814 815 this->Target = &Target; 816 817 ABI.reset(createCXXABI(Target)); 818 AddrSpaceMap = getAddressSpaceMap(Target, LangOpts); 819 820 // C99 6.2.5p19. 821 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void); 822 823 // C99 6.2.5p2. 824 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool); 825 // C99 6.2.5p3. 826 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned) 827 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S); 828 else 829 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U); 830 // C99 6.2.5p4. 831 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar); 832 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short); 833 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int); 834 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long); 835 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong); 836 837 // C99 6.2.5p6. 838 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar); 839 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort); 840 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt); 841 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong); 842 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong); 843 844 // C99 6.2.5p10. 845 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float); 846 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double); 847 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble); 848 849 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers. 850 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128); 851 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128); 852 853 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && LangOpts.WChar) { // C++ 3.9.1p5 854 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType())) 855 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S); 856 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned. 857 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U); 858 } else // C99 (or C++ using -fno-wchar) 859 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()); 860 861 WIntTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWIntType()); 862 863 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 864 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16); 865 else // C99 866 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()); 867 868 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++ 869 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32); 870 else // C99 871 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()); 872 873 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is 874 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against 875 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to 876 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent 877 // expressions. 878 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent); 879 880 // Placeholder type for functions. 881 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload); 882 883 // Placeholder type for bound members. 884 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember); 885 886 // Placeholder type for pseudo-objects. 887 InitBuiltinType(PseudoObjectTy, BuiltinType::PseudoObject); 888 889 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients. 890 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny); 891 892 // Placeholder type for unbridged ARC casts. 893 InitBuiltinType(ARCUnbridgedCastTy, BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast); 894 895 // Placeholder type for builtin functions. 896 InitBuiltinType(BuiltinFnTy, BuiltinType::BuiltinFn); 897 898 // C99 6.2.5p11. 899 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy); 900 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy); 901 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy); 902 903 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'. 904 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId); 905 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass); 906 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel); 907 908 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 909 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1d); 910 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray); 911 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage1dBufferTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer); 912 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2d); 913 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage2dArrayTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray); 914 InitBuiltinType(OCLImage3dTy, BuiltinType::OCLImage3d); 915 916 InitBuiltinType(OCLSamplerTy, BuiltinType::OCLSampler); 917 InitBuiltinType(OCLEventTy, BuiltinType::OCLEvent); 918 } 919 920 // Builtin type for __objc_yes and __objc_no 921 ObjCBuiltinBoolTy = (Target.useSignedCharForObjCBool() ? 922 SignedCharTy : BoolTy); 923 924 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType(); 925 926 ObjCSuperType = QualType(); 927 928 // void * type 929 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy); 930 931 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7) 932 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr); 933 934 // half type (OpenCL 6.1.1.1) / ARM NEON __fp16 935 InitBuiltinType(HalfTy, BuiltinType::Half); 936 937 // Builtin type used to help define __builtin_va_list. 938 VaListTagTy = QualType(); 939} 940 941DiagnosticsEngine &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const { 942 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics(); 943} 944 945AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 946 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D]; 947 if (!Result) { 948 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec)); 949 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec; 950 } 951 952 return *Result; 953} 954 955/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration. 956void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) { 957 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D); 958 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) { 959 Pos->second->~AttrVec(); 960 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos); 961 } 962} 963 964MemberSpecializationInfo * 965ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) { 966 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 967 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos 968 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var); 969 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end()) 970 return 0; 971 972 return Pos->second; 973} 974 975void 976ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl, 977 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 978 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) { 979 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 980 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member"); 981 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] && 982 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from"); 983 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] 984 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation); 985} 986 987FunctionDecl *ASTContext::getClassScopeSpecializationPattern( 988 const FunctionDecl *FD){ 989 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 990 llvm::DenseMap<const FunctionDecl*, FunctionDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 991 = ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.find(FD); 992 if (Pos == ClassScopeSpecializationPattern.end()) 993 return 0; 994 995 return Pos->second; 996} 997 998void ASTContext::setClassScopeSpecializationPattern(FunctionDecl *FD, 999 FunctionDecl *Pattern) { 1000 assert(FD && "Specialization is 0"); 1001 assert(Pattern && "Class scope specialization pattern is 0"); 1002 ClassScopeSpecializationPattern[FD] = Pattern; 1003} 1004 1005NamedDecl * 1006ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) { 1007 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos 1008 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD); 1009 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end()) 1010 return 0; 1011 1012 return Pos->second; 1013} 1014 1015void 1016ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) { 1017 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) || 1018 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) || 1019 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) && 1020 "pattern decl is not a using decl"); 1021 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1022 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1023} 1024 1025UsingShadowDecl * 1026ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) { 1027 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos 1028 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst); 1029 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end()) 1030 return 0; 1031 1032 return Pos->second; 1033} 1034 1035void 1036ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst, 1037 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) { 1038 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists"); 1039 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern; 1040} 1041 1042FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) { 1043 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos 1044 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field); 1045 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end()) 1046 return 0; 1047 1048 return Pos->second; 1049} 1050 1051void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst, 1052 FieldDecl *Tmpl) { 1053 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed"); 1054 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed"); 1055 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] && 1056 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from"); 1057 1058 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl; 1059} 1060 1061bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1062 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1063 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1064 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0); 1065} 1066 1067bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1068 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1069 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1070 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) == 0 && 1071 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this) != 0); 1072} 1073 1074bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1075 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1076 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1077 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this) && 1078 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1079} 1080 1081bool ASTContext::NonBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1082 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1083 return (!FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() && 1084 LastFD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1085} 1086 1087bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD, 1088 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const { 1089 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() && 1090 FD->getBitWidthValue(*this)); 1091} 1092 1093ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1094ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1095 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1096 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1097 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1098 return 0; 1099 1100 return Pos->second.begin(); 1101} 1102 1103ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator 1104ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1105 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1106 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1107 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1108 return 0; 1109 1110 return Pos->second.end(); 1111} 1112 1113unsigned 1114ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const { 1115 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos 1116 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method->getCanonicalDecl()); 1117 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end()) 1118 return 0; 1119 1120 return Pos->second.size(); 1121} 1122 1123void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method, 1124 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) { 1125 assert(Method->isCanonicalDecl() && Overridden->isCanonicalDecl()); 1126 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden); 1127} 1128 1129void ASTContext::getOverriddenMethods( 1130 const NamedDecl *D, 1131 SmallVectorImpl<const NamedDecl *> &Overridden) const { 1132 assert(D); 1133 1134 if (const CXXMethodDecl *CXXMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 1135 Overridden.append(overridden_methods_begin(CXXMethod), 1136 overridden_methods_end(CXXMethod)); 1137 return; 1138 } 1139 1140 const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1141 if (!Method) 1142 return; 1143 1144 SmallVector<const ObjCMethodDecl *, 8> OverDecls; 1145 Method->getOverriddenMethods(OverDecls); 1146 Overridden.append(OverDecls.begin(), OverDecls.end()); 1147} 1148 1149void ASTContext::addedLocalImportDecl(ImportDecl *Import) { 1150 assert(!Import->NextLocalImport && "Import declaration already in the chain"); 1151 assert(!Import->isFromASTFile() && "Non-local import declaration"); 1152 if (!FirstLocalImport) { 1153 FirstLocalImport = Import; 1154 LastLocalImport = Import; 1155 return; 1156 } 1157 1158 LastLocalImport->NextLocalImport = Import; 1159 LastLocalImport = Import; 1160} 1161 1162//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1163// Type Sizing and Analysis 1164//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1165 1166/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified 1167/// scalar floating point type. 1168const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const { 1169 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 1170 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!"); 1171 switch (BT->getKind()) { 1172 default: llvm_unreachable("Not a floating point type!"); 1173 case BuiltinType::Half: return Target->getHalfFormat(); 1174 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target->getFloatFormat(); 1175 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target->getDoubleFormat(); 1176 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target->getLongDoubleFormat(); 1177 } 1178} 1179 1180/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the 1181/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so 1182/// this method will assert on them. 1183/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type 1184/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen). 1185CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const { 1186 unsigned Align = Target->getCharWidth(); 1187 1188 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false; 1189 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) { 1190 Align = AlignFromAttr; 1191 1192 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment 1193 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases 1194 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified. 1195 // 1196 // It is an error for alignas to decrease alignment, so we can 1197 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it. 1198 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) { 1199 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1200 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1201 } else { 1202 UseAlignAttrOnly = true; 1203 } 1204 } 1205 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) 1206 UseAlignAttrOnly = 1207 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || 1208 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 1209 1210 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything 1211 // else about the declaration and its type. 1212 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) { 1213 // do nothing 1214 1215 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1216 QualType T = VD->getType(); 1217 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 1218 if (RefAsPointee) 1219 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 1220 else 1221 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType()); 1222 } 1223 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) { 1224 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the 1225 // large-array alignment on the target. 1226 unsigned MinWidth = Target->getLargeArrayMinWidth(); 1227 const ArrayType *arrayType; 1228 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) { 1229 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType)) 1230 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1231 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) && 1232 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType))) 1233 Align = std::max(Align, Target->getLargeArrayAlign()); 1234 1235 // Walk through any array types while we're at it. 1236 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType); 1237 } 1238 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr())); 1239 } 1240 1241 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if 1242 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a 1243 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate 1244 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then 1245 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type. 1246 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) { 1247 // So calculate the alignment of the field. 1248 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent()); 1249 1250 // Start with the record's overall alignment. 1251 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment()); 1252 1253 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record. 1254 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex()); 1255 if (offset > 0) { 1256 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2, 1257 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's. 1258 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1); 1259 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign) 1260 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset); 1261 } 1262 1263 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign); 1264 } 1265 } 1266 1267 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align); 1268} 1269 1270// getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars - Return the size of a type, in 1271// chars. If the type is a record, its data size is returned. This is 1272// the size of the memcpy that's performed when assigning this type 1273// using a trivial copy/move assignment operator. 1274std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1275ASTContext::getTypeInfoDataSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1276 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> sizeAndAlign = getTypeInfoInChars(T); 1277 1278 // In C++, objects can sometimes be allocated into the tail padding 1279 // of a base-class subobject. We decide whether that's possible 1280 // during class layout, so here we can just trust the layout results. 1281 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1282 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1283 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1284 sizeAndAlign.first = layout.getDataSize(); 1285 } 1286 } 1287 1288 return sizeAndAlign; 1289} 1290 1291std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1292ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const { 1293 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T); 1294 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first), 1295 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second)); 1296} 1297 1298std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> 1299ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const { 1300 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr()); 1301} 1302 1303std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const { 1304 TypeInfoMap::iterator it = MemoizedTypeInfo.find(T); 1305 if (it != MemoizedTypeInfo.end()) 1306 return it->second; 1307 1308 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfoImpl(T); 1309 MemoizedTypeInfo.insert(std::make_pair(T, Info)); 1310 return Info; 1311} 1312 1313/// getTypeInfoImpl - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This 1314/// method does not work on incomplete types. 1315/// 1316/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and 1317/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this 1318/// should take a QualType, &c. 1319std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> 1320ASTContext::getTypeInfoImpl(const Type *T) const { 1321 uint64_t Width=0; 1322 unsigned Align=8; 1323 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 1324#define TYPE(Class, Base) 1325#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 1326#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) 1327#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 1328#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 1329 llvm_unreachable("Should not see dependent types"); 1330 1331 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 1332 case Type::FunctionProto: 1333 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits 1334 Width = 0; 1335 Align = 32; 1336 break; 1337 1338 case Type::IncompleteArray: 1339 case Type::VariableArray: 1340 Width = 0; 1341 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType()); 1342 break; 1343 1344 case Type::ConstantArray: { 1345 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T); 1346 1347 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType()); 1348 uint64_t Size = CAT->getSize().getZExtValue(); 1349 assert((Size == 0 || EltInfo.first <= (uint64_t)(-1)/Size) && 1350 "Overflow in array type bit size evaluation"); 1351 Width = EltInfo.first*Size; 1352 Align = EltInfo.second; 1353 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1354 break; 1355 } 1356 case Type::ExtVector: 1357 case Type::Vector: { 1358 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T); 1359 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType()); 1360 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements(); 1361 Align = Width; 1362 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2. 1363 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors. 1364 if (Align & (Align-1)) { 1365 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align); 1366 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align); 1367 } 1368 // Adjust the alignment based on the target max. 1369 uint64_t TargetVectorAlign = Target->getMaxVectorAlign(); 1370 if (TargetVectorAlign && TargetVectorAlign < Align) 1371 Align = TargetVectorAlign; 1372 break; 1373 } 1374 1375 case Type::Builtin: 1376 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 1377 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type!"); 1378 case BuiltinType::Void: 1379 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits. 1380 Width = 0; 1381 Align = 8; 1382 break; 1383 1384 case BuiltinType::Bool: 1385 Width = Target->getBoolWidth(); 1386 Align = Target->getBoolAlign(); 1387 break; 1388 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 1389 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 1390 case BuiltinType::UChar: 1391 case BuiltinType::SChar: 1392 Width = Target->getCharWidth(); 1393 Align = Target->getCharAlign(); 1394 break; 1395 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 1396 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 1397 Width = Target->getWCharWidth(); 1398 Align = Target->getWCharAlign(); 1399 break; 1400 case BuiltinType::Char16: 1401 Width = Target->getChar16Width(); 1402 Align = Target->getChar16Align(); 1403 break; 1404 case BuiltinType::Char32: 1405 Width = Target->getChar32Width(); 1406 Align = Target->getChar32Align(); 1407 break; 1408 case BuiltinType::UShort: 1409 case BuiltinType::Short: 1410 Width = Target->getShortWidth(); 1411 Align = Target->getShortAlign(); 1412 break; 1413 case BuiltinType::UInt: 1414 case BuiltinType::Int: 1415 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1416 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1417 break; 1418 case BuiltinType::ULong: 1419 case BuiltinType::Long: 1420 Width = Target->getLongWidth(); 1421 Align = Target->getLongAlign(); 1422 break; 1423 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 1424 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 1425 Width = Target->getLongLongWidth(); 1426 Align = Target->getLongLongAlign(); 1427 break; 1428 case BuiltinType::Int128: 1429 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 1430 Width = 128; 1431 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets. 1432 break; 1433 case BuiltinType::Half: 1434 Width = Target->getHalfWidth(); 1435 Align = Target->getHalfAlign(); 1436 break; 1437 case BuiltinType::Float: 1438 Width = Target->getFloatWidth(); 1439 Align = Target->getFloatAlign(); 1440 break; 1441 case BuiltinType::Double: 1442 Width = Target->getDoubleWidth(); 1443 Align = Target->getDoubleAlign(); 1444 break; 1445 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: 1446 Width = Target->getLongDoubleWidth(); 1447 Align = Target->getLongDoubleAlign(); 1448 break; 1449 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: 1450 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t) 1451 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*) 1452 break; 1453 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 1454 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 1455 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 1456 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1457 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1458 break; 1459 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 1460 // Samplers are modeled as integers. 1461 Width = Target->getIntWidth(); 1462 Align = Target->getIntAlign(); 1463 break; 1464 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 1465 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 1466 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 1467 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 1468 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 1469 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 1470 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 1471 // Currently these types are pointers to opaque types. 1472 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1473 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1474 break; 1475 } 1476 break; 1477 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 1478 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(0); 1479 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(0); 1480 break; 1481 case Type::BlockPointer: { 1482 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1483 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1484 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1485 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1486 break; 1487 } 1488 case Type::LValueReference: 1489 case Type::RValueReference: { 1490 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go 1491 // the pointer route. 1492 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace( 1493 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1494 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1495 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1496 break; 1497 } 1498 case Type::Pointer: { 1499 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType()); 1500 Width = Target->getPointerWidth(AS); 1501 Align = Target->getPointerAlign(AS); 1502 break; 1503 } 1504 case Type::MemberPointer: { 1505 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T); 1506 llvm::tie(Width, Align) = ABI->getMemberPointerWidthAndAlign(MPT); 1507 break; 1508 } 1509 case Type::Complex: { 1510 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the 1511 // size. 1512 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = 1513 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType()); 1514 Width = EltInfo.first*2; 1515 Align = EltInfo.second; 1516 break; 1517 } 1518 case Type::ObjCObject: 1519 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr()); 1520 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 1521 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T); 1522 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl()); 1523 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1524 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1525 break; 1526 } 1527 case Type::Record: 1528 case Type::Enum: { 1529 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T); 1530 1531 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) { 1532 Width = 8; 1533 Align = 8; 1534 break; 1535 } 1536 1537 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT)) 1538 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); 1539 1540 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT); 1541 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl()); 1542 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize()); 1543 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment()); 1544 break; 1545 } 1546 1547 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: 1548 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)-> 1549 getReplacementType().getTypePtr()); 1550 1551 case Type::Auto: { 1552 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T); 1553 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1554 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr()); 1555 } 1556 1557 case Type::Paren: 1558 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr()); 1559 1560 case Type::Typedef: { 1561 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl(); 1562 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1563 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1564 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed 1565 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that 1566 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation. 1567 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment()) 1568 Align = AttrAlign; 1569 else 1570 Align = Info.second; 1571 Width = Info.first; 1572 break; 1573 } 1574 1575 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 1576 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1577 .getTypePtr()); 1578 1579 case Type::TypeOf: 1580 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr()); 1581 1582 case Type::Decltype: 1583 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType() 1584 .getTypePtr()); 1585 1586 case Type::UnaryTransform: 1587 return getTypeInfo(cast<UnaryTransformType>(T)->getUnderlyingType()); 1588 1589 case Type::Elaborated: 1590 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr()); 1591 1592 case Type::Attributed: 1593 return getTypeInfo( 1594 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr()); 1595 1596 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: { 1597 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T && 1598 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type"); 1599 const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(T); 1600 // A type alias template specialization may refer to a typedef with the 1601 // aligned attribute on it. 1602 if (TST->isTypeAlias()) 1603 return getTypeInfo(TST->getAliasedType().getTypePtr()); 1604 else 1605 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T)); 1606 } 1607 1608 case Type::Atomic: { 1609 // Start with the base type information. 1610 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info 1611 = getTypeInfo(cast<AtomicType>(T)->getValueType()); 1612 Width = Info.first; 1613 Align = Info.second; 1614 1615 // If the size of the type doesn't exceed the platform's max 1616 // atomic promotion width, make the size and alignment more 1617 // favorable to atomic operations: 1618 if (Width != 0 && Width <= Target->getMaxAtomicPromoteWidth()) { 1619 // Round the size up to a power of 2. 1620 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width)) 1621 Width = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Width); 1622 1623 // Set the alignment equal to the size. 1624 Align = static_cast<unsigned>(Width); 1625 } 1626 } 1627 1628 } 1629 1630 assert(llvm::isPowerOf2_32(Align) && "Alignment must be power of 2"); 1631 return std::make_pair(Width, Align); 1632} 1633 1634/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters. 1635CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const { 1636 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth()); 1637} 1638 1639/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters. 1640int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const { 1641 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth(); 1642} 1643 1644/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters. 1645/// This method does not work on incomplete types. 1646CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const { 1647 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1648} 1649CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const { 1650 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T)); 1651} 1652 1653/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in 1654/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types. 1655CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const { 1656 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1657} 1658CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const { 1659 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T)); 1660} 1661 1662/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified 1663/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI 1664/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign 1665/// a data type. 1666unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const { 1667 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T); 1668 1669 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible. 1670 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 1671 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 1672 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) || 1673 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) || 1674 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong)) 1675 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T)); 1676 1677 return ABIAlign; 1678} 1679 1680/// DeepCollectObjCIvars - 1681/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in 1682/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for 1683/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class 1684/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known. 1685/// 1686void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 1687 bool leafClass, 1688 SmallVectorImpl<const ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const { 1689 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass()) 1690 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars); 1691 if (!leafClass) { 1692 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(), 1693 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I) 1694 Ivars.push_back(*I); 1695 } else { 1696 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI); 1697 for (const ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv; 1698 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar()) 1699 Ivars.push_back(Iv); 1700 } 1701} 1702 1703/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and 1704/// those inherited by it. 1705void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl, 1706 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) { 1707 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) { 1708 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of 1709 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories. 1710 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(), 1711 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1712 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1713 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1714 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1715 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1716 Protocols.insert((*P)->getCanonicalDecl()); 1717 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1718 } 1719 } 1720 1721 // Categories of this Interface. 1722 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::visible_categories_iterator 1723 Cat = OI->visible_categories_begin(), 1724 CatEnd = OI->visible_categories_end(); 1725 Cat != CatEnd; ++Cat) { 1726 CollectInheritedProtocols(*Cat, Protocols); 1727 } 1728 1729 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass()) 1730 while (SD) { 1731 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols); 1732 SD = SD->getSuperClass(); 1733 } 1734 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) { 1735 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(), 1736 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1737 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1738 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1739 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1740 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1741 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1742 } 1743 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) { 1744 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(), 1745 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) { 1746 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P); 1747 Protocols.insert(Proto->getCanonicalDecl()); 1748 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(), 1749 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) 1750 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols); 1751 } 1752 } 1753} 1754 1755unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const { 1756 unsigned count = 0; 1757 // Count ivars declared in class extension. 1758 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator 1759 Ext = OI->known_extensions_begin(), 1760 ExtEnd = OI->known_extensions_end(); 1761 Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) { 1762 count += Ext->ivar_size(); 1763 } 1764 1765 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This 1766 // includes synthesized ivars. 1767 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation()) 1768 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size(); 1769 1770 return count; 1771} 1772 1773bool ASTContext::isSentinelNullExpr(const Expr *E) { 1774 if (!E) 1775 return false; 1776 1777 // nullptr_t is always treated as null. 1778 if (E->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return true; 1779 1780 if (E->getType()->isAnyPointerType() && 1781 E->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(*this, 1782 Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) 1783 return true; 1784 1785 // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'. 1786 if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(E)) return true; 1787 1788 return false; 1789} 1790 1791/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists. 1792ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) { 1793 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1794 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1795 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1796 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second); 1797 return 0; 1798} 1799/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists. 1800ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) { 1801 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator 1802 I = ObjCImpls.find(D); 1803 if (I != ObjCImpls.end()) 1804 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second); 1805 return 0; 1806} 1807 1808/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl. 1809void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD, 1810 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) { 1811 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1812 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD; 1813} 1814/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl. 1815void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD, 1816 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) { 1817 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params"); 1818 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD; 1819} 1820 1821const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjContainingInterface( 1822 const NamedDecl *ND) const { 1823 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = 1824 dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1825 return ID; 1826 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = 1827 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1828 return CD->getClassInterface(); 1829 if (const ObjCImplDecl *IMD = 1830 dyn_cast<ObjCImplDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())) 1831 return IMD->getClassInterface(); 1832 1833 return 0; 1834} 1835 1836/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if 1837/// none exists. 1838Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) { 1839 assert(VD && "Passed null params"); 1840 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1841 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1842 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator 1843 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD); 1844 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0; 1845} 1846 1847/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl. 1848void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) { 1849 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params"); 1850 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && 1851 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var"); 1852 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init; 1853} 1854 1855TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1856 unsigned DataSize) const { 1857 if (!DataSize) 1858 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T); 1859 else 1860 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) && 1861 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!"); 1862 1863 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = 1864 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8); 1865 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T); 1866 return TInfo; 1867} 1868 1869TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T, 1870 SourceLocation L) const { 1871 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T); 1872 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L); 1873 return DI; 1874} 1875 1876const ASTRecordLayout & 1877ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const { 1878 return getObjCLayout(D, 0); 1879} 1880 1881const ASTRecordLayout & 1882ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout( 1883 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const { 1884 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D); 1885} 1886 1887//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1888// Type creation/memoization methods 1889//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1890 1891QualType 1892ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const { 1893 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers(); 1894 quals.removeFastQualifiers(); 1895 1896 // Check if we've already instantiated this type. 1897 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1898 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals); 1899 void *insertPos = 0; 1900 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) { 1901 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals); 1902 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1903 } 1904 1905 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type. 1906 QualType canon; 1907 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 1908 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split(); 1909 canonSplit.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(quals); 1910 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.Ty, canonSplit.Quals); 1911 1912 // Re-find the insert position. 1913 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 1914 } 1915 1916 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals); 1917 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos); 1918 return QualType(eq, fastQuals); 1919} 1920 1921QualType 1922ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const { 1923 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1924 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace) 1925 return T; 1926 1927 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1928 // into one ExtQuals node. 1929 QualifierCollector Quals; 1930 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1931 1932 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get 1933 // another one. 1934 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() && 1935 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!"); 1936 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace); 1937 1938 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1939} 1940 1941QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T, 1942 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const { 1943 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T); 1944 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr) 1945 return T; 1946 1947 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) { 1948 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType(); 1949 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) { 1950 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr); 1951 return getPointerType(ResultType); 1952 } 1953 } 1954 1955 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together 1956 // into one ExtQuals node. 1957 QualifierCollector Quals; 1958 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T); 1959 1960 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get 1961 // another one. 1962 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() && 1963 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!"); 1964 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr); 1965 1966 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals); 1967} 1968 1969const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T, 1970 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) { 1971 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info) 1972 return T; 1973 1974 QualType Result; 1975 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) { 1976 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info); 1977 } else { 1978 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T); 1979 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 1980 EPI.ExtInfo = Info; 1981 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 1982 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 1983 FPT->getNumArgs()), 1984 EPI); 1985 } 1986 1987 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr()); 1988} 1989 1990/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex 1991/// number with the specified element type. 1992QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const { 1993 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 1994 // structure. 1995 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 1996 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T); 1997 1998 void *InsertPos = 0; 1999 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2000 return QualType(CT, 0); 2001 2002 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2003 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2004 QualType Canonical; 2005 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2006 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2007 2008 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2009 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2010 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2011 } 2012 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical); 2013 Types.push_back(New); 2014 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2015 return QualType(New, 0); 2016} 2017 2018/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to 2019/// the specified type. 2020QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const { 2021 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2022 // structure. 2023 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2024 PointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2025 2026 void *InsertPos = 0; 2027 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2028 return QualType(PT, 0); 2029 2030 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2031 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2032 QualType Canonical; 2033 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2034 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2035 2036 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2037 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2038 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2039 } 2040 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical); 2041 Types.push_back(New); 2042 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2043 return QualType(New, 0); 2044} 2045 2046/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for 2047/// a pointer to the specified block. 2048QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const { 2049 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only"); 2050 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular 2051 // structure. 2052 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2053 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T); 2054 2055 void *InsertPos = 0; 2056 if (BlockPointerType *PT = 2057 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2058 return QualType(PT, 0); 2059 2060 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2061 // type either so fill in the canonical type field. 2062 QualType Canonical; 2063 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 2064 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T)); 2065 2066 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2067 BlockPointerType *NewIP = 2068 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2069 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2070 } 2071 BlockPointerType *New 2072 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical); 2073 Types.push_back(New); 2074 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2075 return QualType(New, 0); 2076} 2077 2078/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2079/// lvalue reference to the specified type. 2080QualType 2081ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const { 2082 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != OverloadTy && 2083 "Unresolved overloaded function type"); 2084 2085 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2086 // structure. 2087 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2088 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue); 2089 2090 void *InsertPos = 0; 2091 if (LValueReferenceType *RT = 2092 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2093 return QualType(RT, 0); 2094 2095 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2096 2097 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2098 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2099 QualType Canonical; 2100 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2101 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2102 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2103 2104 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2105 LValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2106 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2107 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2108 } 2109 2110 LValueReferenceType *New 2111 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical, 2112 SpelledAsLValue); 2113 Types.push_back(New); 2114 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2115 2116 return QualType(New, 0); 2117} 2118 2119/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an 2120/// rvalue reference to the specified type. 2121QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const { 2122 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2123 // structure. 2124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2125 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false); 2126 2127 void *InsertPos = 0; 2128 if (RValueReferenceType *RT = 2129 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2130 return QualType(RT, 0); 2131 2132 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>(); 2133 2134 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2135 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2136 QualType Canonical; 2137 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) { 2138 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T); 2139 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType)); 2140 2141 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2142 RValueReferenceType *NewIP = 2143 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2144 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2145 } 2146 2147 RValueReferenceType *New 2148 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical); 2149 Types.push_back(New); 2150 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2151 return QualType(New, 0); 2152} 2153 2154/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a 2155/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class. 2156QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const { 2157 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 2158 // structure. 2159 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2160 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls); 2161 2162 void *InsertPos = 0; 2163 if (MemberPointerType *PT = 2164 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2165 return QualType(PT, 0); 2166 2167 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical 2168 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2169 QualType Canonical; 2170 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2171 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls)); 2172 2173 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2174 MemberPointerType *NewIP = 2175 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2176 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2177 } 2178 MemberPointerType *New 2179 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical); 2180 Types.push_back(New); 2181 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2182 return QualType(New, 0); 2183} 2184 2185/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an 2186/// array of the specified element type. 2187QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2188 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn, 2189 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2190 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const { 2191 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() || 2192 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) && 2193 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!"); 2194 2195 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for 2196 // the target. 2197 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn); 2198 ArySize = 2199 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target->getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy))); 2200 2201 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2202 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2203 2204 void *InsertPos = 0; 2205 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP = 2206 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2207 return QualType(ATP, 0); 2208 2209 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't 2210 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field. 2211 QualType Canon; 2212 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2213 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2214 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), ArySize, 2215 ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2216 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2217 2218 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2219 ConstantArrayType *NewIP = 2220 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2221 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2222 } 2223 2224 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment) 2225 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals); 2226 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2227 Types.push_back(New); 2228 return QualType(New, 0); 2229} 2230 2231/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be 2232/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known 2233/// sizes replaced with [*]. 2234QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const { 2235 // Vastly most common case. 2236 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type; 2237 2238 QualType result; 2239 2240 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 2241 const Type *ty = split.Ty; 2242 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) { 2243#define TYPE(Class, Base) 2244#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 2245#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 2246#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 2247 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?"); 2248 2249 // These types should never be variably-modified. 2250 case Type::Builtin: 2251 case Type::Complex: 2252 case Type::Vector: 2253 case Type::ExtVector: 2254 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector: 2255 case Type::ObjCObject: 2256 case Type::ObjCInterface: 2257 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: 2258 case Type::Record: 2259 case Type::Enum: 2260 case Type::UnresolvedUsing: 2261 case Type::TypeOfExpr: 2262 case Type::TypeOf: 2263 case Type::Decltype: 2264 case Type::UnaryTransform: 2265 case Type::DependentName: 2266 case Type::InjectedClassName: 2267 case Type::TemplateSpecialization: 2268 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: 2269 case Type::TemplateTypeParm: 2270 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: 2271 case Type::Auto: 2272 case Type::PackExpansion: 2273 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified"); 2274 2275 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to 2276 // further decay. 2277 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 2278 case Type::FunctionProto: 2279 case Type::BlockPointer: 2280 case Type::MemberPointer: 2281 return type; 2282 2283 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications 2284 // preserve structure except as noted by comments. 2285 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op 2286 // optimizations available here. 2287 case Type::Pointer: 2288 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType( 2289 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType())); 2290 break; 2291 2292 case Type::LValueReference: { 2293 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty); 2294 result = getLValueReferenceType( 2295 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()), 2296 lv->isSpelledAsLValue()); 2297 break; 2298 } 2299 2300 case Type::RValueReference: { 2301 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty); 2302 result = getRValueReferenceType( 2303 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType())); 2304 break; 2305 } 2306 2307 case Type::Atomic: { 2308 const AtomicType *at = cast<AtomicType>(ty); 2309 result = getAtomicType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(at->getValueType())); 2310 break; 2311 } 2312 2313 case Type::ConstantArray: { 2314 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty); 2315 result = getConstantArrayType( 2316 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()), 2317 cat->getSize(), 2318 cat->getSizeModifier(), 2319 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); 2320 break; 2321 } 2322 2323 case Type::DependentSizedArray: { 2324 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty); 2325 result = getDependentSizedArrayType( 2326 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()), 2327 dat->getSizeExpr(), 2328 dat->getSizeModifier(), 2329 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2330 dat->getBracketsRange()); 2331 break; 2332 } 2333 2334 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types. 2335 case Type::IncompleteArray: { 2336 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty); 2337 result = getVariableArrayType( 2338 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()), 2339 /*size*/ 0, 2340 ArrayType::Normal, 2341 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2342 SourceRange()); 2343 break; 2344 } 2345 2346 // Turn VLA types into [*] types. 2347 case Type::VariableArray: { 2348 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty); 2349 result = getVariableArrayType( 2350 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()), 2351 /*size*/ 0, 2352 ArrayType::Star, 2353 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 2354 vat->getBracketsRange()); 2355 break; 2356 } 2357 } 2358 2359 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original. 2360 return getQualifiedType(result, split.Quals); 2361} 2362 2363/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a 2364/// variable array of the specified element type. 2365QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy, 2366 Expr *NumElts, 2367 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2368 unsigned IndexTypeQuals, 2369 SourceRange Brackets) const { 2370 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's 2371 // that have an expression provided for their size. 2372 QualType Canon; 2373 2374 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type. 2375 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2376 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split(); 2377 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), NumElts, ASM, 2378 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2379 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2380 } 2381 2382 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2383 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets); 2384 2385 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New); 2386 Types.push_back(New); 2387 return QualType(New, 0); 2388} 2389 2390/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to 2391/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element 2392/// type. 2393QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType, 2394 Expr *numElements, 2395 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2396 unsigned elementTypeQuals, 2397 SourceRange brackets) const { 2398 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() || 2399 numElements->isValueDependent()) && 2400 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!"); 2401 2402 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number 2403 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent 2404 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay 2405 // because they can't be used in most locations. 2406 if (!numElements) { 2407 DependentSizedArrayType *newType 2408 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2409 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(), 2410 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2411 brackets); 2412 Types.push_back(newType); 2413 return QualType(newType, 0); 2414 } 2415 2416 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we 2417 // also build a canonical type. 2418 2419 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2420 2421 void *insertPos = 0; 2422 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2423 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this, 2424 QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2425 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements); 2426 2427 // Look for an existing type with these properties. 2428 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy = 2429 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2430 2431 // If we don't have one, build one. 2432 if (!canonTy) { 2433 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2434 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0), 2435 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals, 2436 brackets); 2437 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos); 2438 Types.push_back(canonTy); 2439 } 2440 2441 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array. 2442 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0), 2443 canonElementType.Quals); 2444 2445 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type, 2446 // then just use that as our result. 2447 if (QualType(canonElementType.Ty, 0) == elementType) 2448 return canon; 2449 2450 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling 2451 // of the element type. 2452 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType 2453 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2454 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements, 2455 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets); 2456 Types.push_back(sugaredType); 2457 return QualType(sugaredType, 0); 2458} 2459 2460QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType, 2461 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 2462 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const { 2463 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2464 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2465 2466 void *insertPos = 0; 2467 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat = 2468 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) 2469 return QualType(iat, 0); 2470 2471 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 2472 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull 2473 // qualifiers off the element type. 2474 QualType canon; 2475 2476 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 2477 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split(); 2478 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.Ty, 0), 2479 ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2480 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.Quals); 2481 2482 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2483 IncompleteArrayType *existing = 2484 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 2485 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing; 2486 } 2487 2488 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2489 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals); 2490 2491 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos); 2492 Types.push_back(newType); 2493 return QualType(newType, 0); 2494} 2495 2496/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of 2497/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2498QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts, 2499 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const { 2500 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType()); 2501 2502 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2503 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2504 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind); 2505 2506 void *InsertPos = 0; 2507 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2508 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2509 2510 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2511 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2512 QualType Canonical; 2513 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2514 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind); 2515 2516 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2517 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2518 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2519 } 2520 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2521 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind); 2522 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2523 Types.push_back(New); 2524 return QualType(New, 0); 2525} 2526 2527/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of 2528/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type. 2529QualType 2530ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const { 2531 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType() || vecType->isDependentType()); 2532 2533 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type. 2534 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2535 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector, 2536 VectorType::GenericVector); 2537 void *InsertPos = 0; 2538 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2539 return QualType(VTP, 0); 2540 2541 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either, 2542 // so fill in the canonical type field. 2543 QualType Canonical; 2544 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) { 2545 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts); 2546 2547 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2548 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2549 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2550 } 2551 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2552 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical); 2553 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2554 Types.push_back(New); 2555 return QualType(New, 0); 2556} 2557 2558QualType 2559ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType, 2560 Expr *SizeExpr, 2561 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const { 2562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2563 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType), 2564 SizeExpr); 2565 2566 void *InsertPos = 0; 2567 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon 2568 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2569 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New; 2570 if (Canon) { 2571 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as 2572 // the canonical type for a newly-built type. 2573 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2574 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0), 2575 SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2576 } else { 2577 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType); 2578 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) { 2579 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2580 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr, 2581 AttrLoc); 2582 2583 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck 2584 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2585 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken"); 2586 (void)CanonCheck; 2587 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2588 } else { 2589 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr, 2590 SourceLocation()); 2591 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2592 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc); 2593 } 2594 } 2595 2596 Types.push_back(New); 2597 return QualType(New, 0); 2598} 2599 2600/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'. 2601/// 2602QualType 2603ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy, 2604 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const { 2605 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC(); 2606 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2607 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2608 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2609 // structure. 2610 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2611 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info); 2612 2613 void *InsertPos = 0; 2614 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT = 2615 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2616 return QualType(FT, 0); 2617 2618 QualType Canonical; 2619 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() || 2620 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2621 Canonical = 2622 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy), 2623 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv))); 2624 2625 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2626 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP = 2627 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2628 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2629 } 2630 2631 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2632 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2633 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo); 2634 Types.push_back(New); 2635 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 2636 return QualType(New, 0); 2637} 2638 2639/// \brief Determine whether \p T is canonical as the result type of a function. 2640static bool isCanonicalResultType(QualType T) { 2641 return T.isCanonical() && 2642 (T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None || 2643 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone); 2644} 2645 2646/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument 2647/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'. 2648QualType 2649ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy, ArrayRef<QualType> ArgArray, 2650 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 2651 size_t NumArgs = ArgArray.size(); 2652 2653 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular 2654 // structure. 2655 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2656 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray.begin(), NumArgs, EPI, 2657 *this); 2658 2659 void *InsertPos = 0; 2660 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP = 2661 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2662 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2663 2664 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not. 2665 bool isCanonical = 2666 EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && isCanonicalResultType(ResultTy) && 2667 !EPI.HasTrailingReturn; 2668 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i) 2669 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam()) 2670 isCanonical = false; 2671 2672 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC(); 2673 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ? 2674 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC; 2675 2676 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it. 2677 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type. 2678 QualType Canonical; 2679 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) { 2680 SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs; 2681 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 2682 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2683 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i])); 2684 2685 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI; 2686 CanonicalEPI.HasTrailingReturn = false; 2687 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None; 2688 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0; 2689 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo 2690 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)); 2691 2692 // Result types do not have ARC lifetime qualifiers. 2693 QualType CanResultTy = getCanonicalType(ResultTy); 2694 if (ResultTy.getQualifiers().hasObjCLifetime()) { 2695 Qualifiers Qs = CanResultTy.getQualifiers(); 2696 Qs.removeObjCLifetime(); 2697 CanResultTy = getQualifiedType(CanResultTy.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs); 2698 } 2699 2700 Canonical = getFunctionType(CanResultTy, CanonicalArgs, CanonicalEPI); 2701 2702 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 2703 FunctionProtoType *NewIP = 2704 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2705 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 2706 } 2707 2708 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after 2709 // them for three variable size arrays at the end: 2710 // - parameter types 2711 // - exception types 2712 // - consumed-arguments flags 2713 // Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept 2714 // expression, or information used to resolve the exception 2715 // specification. 2716 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) + 2717 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType); 2718 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 2719 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType); 2720 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) { 2721 Size += sizeof(Expr*); 2722 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Uninstantiated) { 2723 Size += 2 * sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2724 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Unevaluated) { 2725 Size += sizeof(FunctionDecl*); 2726 } 2727 if (EPI.ConsumedArguments) 2728 Size += NumArgs * sizeof(bool); 2729 2730 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 2731 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI; 2732 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv); 2733 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, Canonical, newEPI); 2734 Types.push_back(FTP); 2735 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos); 2736 return QualType(FTP, 0); 2737} 2738 2739#ifndef NDEBUG 2740static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) { 2741 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false; 2742 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D); 2743 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2744 return true; 2745 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() && 2746 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) 2747 return true; 2748 return false; 2749} 2750#endif 2751 2752/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the 2753/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration. 2754QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl, 2755 QualType TST) const { 2756 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl)); 2757 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) { 2758 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2759 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) { 2760 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type"); 2761 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 2762 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl)); 2763 } else { 2764 Type *newType = 2765 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST); 2766 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2767 Types.push_back(newType); 2768 } 2769 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2770} 2771 2772/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2773/// specified type declaration. 2774QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const { 2775 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param"); 2776 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case"); 2777 2778 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl)) 2779 return getTypedefType(Typedef); 2780 2781 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) && 2782 "Template type parameter types are always available."); 2783 2784 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) { 2785 assert(!Record->getPreviousDecl() && 2786 "struct/union has previous declaration"); 2787 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record)); 2788 return getRecordType(Record); 2789 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) { 2790 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDecl() && 2791 "enum has previous declaration"); 2792 return getEnumType(Enum); 2793 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using = 2794 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) { 2795 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using); 2796 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2797 Types.push_back(newType); 2798 } else 2799 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?"); 2800 2801 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2802} 2803 2804/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 2805/// specified typedef name decl. 2806QualType 2807ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2808 QualType Canonical) const { 2809 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2810 2811 if (Canonical.isNull()) 2812 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType()); 2813 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment) 2814 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical); 2815 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2816 Types.push_back(newType); 2817 return QualType(newType, 0); 2818} 2819 2820QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const { 2821 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2822 2823 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2824 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2825 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2826 2827 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl); 2828 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2829 Types.push_back(newType); 2830 return QualType(newType, 0); 2831} 2832 2833QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const { 2834 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2835 2836 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDecl()) 2837 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl) 2838 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 2839 2840 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl); 2841 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType; 2842 Types.push_back(newType); 2843 return QualType(newType, 0); 2844} 2845 2846QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind, 2847 QualType modifiedType, 2848 QualType equivalentType) { 2849 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id; 2850 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2851 2852 void *insertPos = 0; 2853 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos); 2854 if (type) return QualType(type, 0); 2855 2856 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType); 2857 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2858 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType); 2859 2860 Types.push_back(type); 2861 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos); 2862 2863 return QualType(type, 0); 2864} 2865 2866 2867/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type. 2868QualType 2869ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2870 QualType Replacement) const { 2871 assert(Replacement.isCanonical() 2872 && "replacement types must always be canonical"); 2873 2874 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2875 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement); 2876 void *InsertPos = 0; 2877 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm 2878 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2879 2880 if (!SubstParm) { 2881 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2882 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement); 2883 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2884 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2885 } 2886 2887 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2888} 2889 2890/// \brief Retrieve a 2891QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType( 2892 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm, 2893 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) { 2894#ifndef NDEBUG 2895 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(), 2896 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end(); 2897 P != PEnd; ++P) { 2898 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type"); 2899 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type"); 2900 } 2901#endif 2902 2903 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2904 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack); 2905 void *InsertPos = 0; 2906 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2907 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 2908 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2909 2910 QualType Canon; 2911 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) { 2912 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0)); 2913 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon), 2914 ArgPack); 2915 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2916 } 2917 2918 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm 2919 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon, 2920 ArgPack); 2921 Types.push_back(SubstParm); 2922 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos); 2923 return QualType(SubstParm, 0); 2924} 2925 2926/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template 2927/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally) 2928/// name. 2929QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index, 2930 bool ParameterPack, 2931 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const { 2932 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 2933 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl); 2934 void *InsertPos = 0; 2935 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm 2936 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2937 2938 if (TypeParm) 2939 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2940 2941 if (TTPDecl) { 2942 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2943 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon); 2944 2945 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck 2946 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 2947 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken"); 2948 (void)TypeCheck; 2949 } else 2950 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) 2951 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack); 2952 2953 Types.push_back(TypeParm); 2954 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos); 2955 2956 return QualType(TypeParm, 0); 2957} 2958 2959TypeSourceInfo * 2960ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name, 2961 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2962 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2963 QualType Underlying) const { 2964 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2965 "No dependent template names here!"); 2966 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, Underlying); 2967 2968 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST); 2969 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL = 2970 DI->getTypeLoc().castAs<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(); 2971 TL.setTemplateKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 2972 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc); 2973 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc()); 2974 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc()); 2975 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 2976 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo()); 2977 return DI; 2978} 2979 2980QualType 2981ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 2982 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, 2983 QualType Underlying) const { 2984 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 2985 "No dependent template names here!"); 2986 2987 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size(); 2988 2989 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec; 2990 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs); 2991 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i) 2992 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument()); 2993 2994 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs, 2995 Underlying); 2996} 2997 2998#ifndef NDEBUG 2999static bool hasAnyPackExpansions(const TemplateArgument *Args, 3000 unsigned NumArgs) { 3001 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3002 if (Args[I].isPackExpansion()) 3003 return true; 3004 3005 return true; 3006} 3007#endif 3008 3009QualType 3010ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3011 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3012 unsigned NumArgs, 3013 QualType Underlying) const { 3014 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3015 "No dependent template names here!"); 3016 // Look through qualified template names. 3017 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3018 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3019 3020 bool IsTypeAlias = 3021 Template.getAsTemplateDecl() && 3022 isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(Template.getAsTemplateDecl()); 3023 QualType CanonType; 3024 if (!Underlying.isNull()) 3025 CanonType = getCanonicalType(Underlying); 3026 else { 3027 // We can get here with an alias template when the specialization contains 3028 // a pack expansion that does not match up with a parameter pack. 3029 assert((!IsTypeAlias || hasAnyPackExpansions(Args, NumArgs)) && 3030 "Caller must compute aliased type"); 3031 IsTypeAlias = false; 3032 CanonType = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, 3033 NumArgs); 3034 } 3035 3036 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't 3037 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that 3038 // we don't unique and don't want to lose. 3039 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3040 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs + 3041 (IsTypeAlias? sizeof(QualType) : 0), 3042 TypeAlignment); 3043 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3044 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs, CanonType, 3045 IsTypeAlias ? Underlying : QualType()); 3046 3047 Types.push_back(Spec); 3048 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3049} 3050 3051QualType 3052ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, 3053 const TemplateArgument *Args, 3054 unsigned NumArgs) const { 3055 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() && 3056 "No dependent template names here!"); 3057 3058 // Look through qualified template names. 3059 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName()) 3060 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl()); 3061 3062 // Build the canonical template specialization type. 3063 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template); 3064 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs; 3065 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs); 3066 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) 3067 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I])); 3068 3069 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already 3070 // exists. 3071 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3072 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate, 3073 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this); 3074 3075 void *InsertPos = 0; 3076 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec 3077 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3078 3079 if (!Spec) { 3080 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type. 3081 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) + 3082 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3083 TypeAlignment); 3084 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate, 3085 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, 3086 QualType(), QualType()); 3087 Types.push_back(Spec); 3088 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos); 3089 } 3090 3091 assert(Spec->isDependentType() && 3092 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type"); 3093 return QualType(Spec, 0); 3094} 3095 3096QualType 3097ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3098 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3099 QualType NamedType) const { 3100 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3101 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType); 3102 3103 void *InsertPos = 0; 3104 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3105 if (T) 3106 return QualType(T, 0); 3107 3108 QualType Canon = NamedType; 3109 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3110 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType); 3111 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3112 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken"); 3113 (void)CheckT; 3114 } 3115 3116 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon); 3117 Types.push_back(T); 3118 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3119 return QualType(T, 0); 3120} 3121 3122QualType 3123ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const { 3124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3125 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType); 3126 3127 void *InsertPos = 0; 3128 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3129 if (T) 3130 return QualType(T, 0); 3131 3132 QualType Canon = InnerType; 3133 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) { 3134 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType); 3135 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3136 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken"); 3137 (void)CheckT; 3138 } 3139 3140 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon); 3141 Types.push_back(T); 3142 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3143 return QualType(T, 0); 3144} 3145 3146QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3147 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3148 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3149 QualType Canon) const { 3150 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3151 3152 if (Canon.isNull()) { 3153 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3154 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3155 if (Keyword == ETK_None) 3156 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3157 3158 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) 3159 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name); 3160 } 3161 3162 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3163 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name); 3164 3165 void *InsertPos = 0; 3166 DependentNameType *T 3167 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3168 if (T) 3169 return QualType(T, 0); 3170 3171 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon); 3172 Types.push_back(T); 3173 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3174 return QualType(T, 0); 3175} 3176 3177QualType 3178ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3179 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3180 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3181 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3182 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const { 3183 // TODO: avoid this copy 3184 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy; 3185 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I) 3186 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument()); 3187 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name, 3188 ArgCopy.size(), 3189 ArgCopy.data()); 3190} 3191 3192QualType 3193ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType( 3194 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 3195 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 3196 const IdentifierInfo *Name, 3197 unsigned NumArgs, 3198 const TemplateArgument *Args) const { 3199 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 3200 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent"); 3201 3202 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3203 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS, 3204 Name, NumArgs, Args); 3205 3206 void *InsertPos = 0; 3207 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T 3208 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3209 if (T) 3210 return QualType(T, 0); 3211 3212 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 3213 3214 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword; 3215 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename; 3216 3217 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false; 3218 SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs); 3219 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) { 3220 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]); 3221 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I])) 3222 AnyNonCanonArgs = true; 3223 } 3224 3225 QualType Canon; 3226 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) { 3227 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, 3228 Name, NumArgs, 3229 CanonArgs.data()); 3230 3231 // Find the insert position again. 3232 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3233 } 3234 3235 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) + 3236 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs), 3237 TypeAlignment); 3238 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, 3239 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon); 3240 Types.push_back(T); 3241 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3242 return QualType(T, 0); 3243} 3244 3245QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, 3246 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { 3247 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3248 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions); 3249 3250 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() && 3251 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs"); 3252 void *InsertPos = 0; 3253 PackExpansionType *T 3254 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3255 if (T) 3256 return QualType(T, 0); 3257 3258 QualType Canon; 3259 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) { 3260 Canon = getCanonicalType(Pattern); 3261 // The canonical type might not contain an unexpanded parameter pack, if it 3262 // contains an alias template specialization which ignores one of its 3263 // parameters. 3264 if (Canon->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) { 3265 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions); 3266 3267 // Find the insert position again, in case we inserted an element into 3268 // PackExpansionTypes and invalidated our insert position. 3269 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3270 } 3271 } 3272 3273 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions); 3274 Types.push_back(T); 3275 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3276 return QualType(T, 0); 3277} 3278 3279/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols 3280/// alphabetically. 3281static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS, 3282 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) { 3283 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName(); 3284} 3285 3286static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3287 unsigned NumProtocols) { 3288 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true; 3289 3290 if (Protocols[0]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[0]) 3291 return false; 3292 3293 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i) 3294 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]) || 3295 Protocols[i]->getCanonicalDecl() != Protocols[i]) 3296 return false; 3297 return true; 3298} 3299 3300static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols, 3301 unsigned &NumProtocols) { 3302 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols; 3303 3304 // Sort protocols, keyed by name. 3305 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames); 3306 3307 // Canonicalize. 3308 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NumProtocols; I != N; ++I) 3309 Protocols[I] = Protocols[I]->getCanonicalDecl(); 3310 3311 // Remove duplicates. 3312 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd); 3313 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols; 3314} 3315 3316QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType, 3317 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols, 3318 unsigned NumProtocols) const { 3319 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols 3320 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine. 3321 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType)) 3322 return BaseType; 3323 3324 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3325 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3326 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3327 void *InsertPos = 0; 3328 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3329 return QualType(QT, 0); 3330 3331 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and 3332 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols. 3333 QualType Canonical; 3334 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols); 3335 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) { 3336 if (!ProtocolsSorted) { 3337 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols, 3338 Protocols + NumProtocols); 3339 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols; 3340 3341 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3342 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3343 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount); 3344 } else { 3345 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType), 3346 Protocols, NumProtocols); 3347 } 3348 3349 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3350 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3351 } 3352 3353 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl); 3354 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *); 3355 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment); 3356 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T = 3357 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols); 3358 3359 Types.push_back(T); 3360 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos); 3361 return QualType(T, 0); 3362} 3363 3364/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for 3365/// the given object type. 3366QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const { 3367 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3368 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT); 3369 3370 void *InsertPos = 0; 3371 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT = 3372 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3373 return QualType(QT, 0); 3374 3375 // Find the canonical object type. 3376 QualType Canonical; 3377 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) { 3378 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT)); 3379 3380 // Regenerate InsertPos. 3381 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3382 } 3383 3384 // No match. 3385 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment); 3386 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType = 3387 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT); 3388 3389 Types.push_back(QType); 3390 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos); 3391 return QualType(QType, 0); 3392} 3393 3394/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3395/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional. 3396QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl, 3397 ObjCInterfaceDecl *PrevDecl) const { 3398 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) 3399 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3400 3401 if (PrevDecl) { 3402 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous decl has no TypeForDecl"); 3403 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl; 3404 return QualType(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0); 3405 } 3406 3407 // Prefer the definition, if there is one. 3408 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = Decl->getDefinition()) 3409 Decl = Def; 3410 3411 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment); 3412 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 3413 Decl->TypeForDecl = T; 3414 Types.push_back(T); 3415 return QualType(T, 0); 3416} 3417 3418/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique 3419/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example, 3420/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different 3421/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3422/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3423QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const { 3424 TypeOfExprType *toe; 3425 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) { 3426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3427 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr); 3428 3429 void *InsertPos = 0; 3430 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon 3431 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3432 if (Canon) { 3433 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent 3434 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type. 3435 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, 3436 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0)); 3437 } else { 3438 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3439 Canon 3440 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr); 3441 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3442 toe = Canon; 3443 } 3444 } else { 3445 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType()); 3446 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical); 3447 } 3448 Types.push_back(toe); 3449 return QualType(toe, 0); 3450} 3451 3452/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3453/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3454/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3455/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3456/// on canonical type's (which are always unique). 3457QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const { 3458 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType); 3459 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical); 3460 Types.push_back(tot); 3461 return QualType(tot, 0); 3462} 3463 3464 3465/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique 3466/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be 3467/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be 3468/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates 3469/// on canonical types (which are always unique). 3470QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e, QualType UnderlyingType) const { 3471 DecltypeType *dt; 3472 3473 // C++0x [temp.type]p2: 3474 // If an expression e involves a template parameter, decltype(e) denotes a 3475 // unique dependent type. Two such decltype-specifiers refer to the same 3476 // type only if their expressions are equivalent (14.5.6.1). 3477 if (e->isInstantiationDependent()) { 3478 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3479 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e); 3480 3481 void *InsertPos = 0; 3482 DependentDecltypeType *Canon 3483 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3484 if (Canon) { 3485 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent 3486 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type. 3487 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3488 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0)); 3489 } else { 3490 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type. 3491 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e); 3492 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos); 3493 dt = Canon; 3494 } 3495 } else { 3496 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, UnderlyingType, 3497 getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3498 } 3499 Types.push_back(dt); 3500 return QualType(dt, 0); 3501} 3502 3503/// getUnaryTransformationType - We don't unique these, since the memory 3504/// savings are minimal and these are rare. 3505QualType ASTContext::getUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 3506 QualType UnderlyingType, 3507 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind Kind) 3508 const { 3509 UnaryTransformType *Ty = 3510 new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnaryTransformType (BaseType, UnderlyingType, 3511 Kind, 3512 UnderlyingType->isDependentType() ? 3513 QualType() : getCanonicalType(UnderlyingType)); 3514 Types.push_back(Ty); 3515 return QualType(Ty, 0); 3516} 3517 3518/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced. 3519QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const { 3520 void *InsertPos = 0; 3521 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) { 3522 // Look in the folding set for an existing type. 3523 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3524 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType); 3525 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3526 return QualType(AT, 0); 3527 } 3528 3529 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType); 3530 Types.push_back(AT); 3531 if (InsertPos) 3532 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos); 3533 return QualType(AT, 0); 3534} 3535 3536/// getAtomicType - Return the uniqued reference to the atomic type for 3537/// the given value type. 3538QualType ASTContext::getAtomicType(QualType T) const { 3539 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular 3540 // structure. 3541 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 3542 AtomicType::Profile(ID, T); 3543 3544 void *InsertPos = 0; 3545 if (AtomicType *AT = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos)) 3546 return QualType(AT, 0); 3547 3548 // If the atomic value type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type 3549 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. 3550 QualType Canonical; 3551 if (!T.isCanonical()) { 3552 Canonical = getAtomicType(getCanonicalType(T)); 3553 3554 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about. 3555 AtomicType *NewIP = AtomicTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 3556 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP; 3557 } 3558 AtomicType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AtomicType(T, Canonical); 3559 Types.push_back(New); 3560 AtomicTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos); 3561 return QualType(New, 0); 3562} 3563 3564/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'. 3565QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const { 3566 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull()) 3567 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType()); 3568 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern"); 3569 return AutoDeductTy; 3570} 3571 3572/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'. 3573QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const { 3574 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull()) 3575 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType()); 3576 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern"); 3577 return AutoRRefDeductTy; 3578} 3579 3580/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the 3581/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl. 3582QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const { 3583 assert (Decl); 3584 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting 3585 // away const? mutable? 3586 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl)); 3587} 3588 3589/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result 3590/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and 3591/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>. 3592CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const { 3593 return getFromTargetType(Target->getSizeType()); 3594} 3595 3596/// getIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "intmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3597CanQualType ASTContext::getIntMaxType() const { 3598 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntMaxType()); 3599} 3600 3601/// getUIntMaxType - Return the unique type for "uintmax_t" (C99 7.18.1.5). 3602CanQualType ASTContext::getUIntMaxType() const { 3603 return getFromTargetType(Target->getUIntMaxType()); 3604} 3605 3606/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t". 3607/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3608QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const { 3609 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3610 return WCharTy; 3611} 3612 3613/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t". 3614/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension. 3615QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const { 3616 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ? 3617 return UnsignedIntTy; 3618} 3619 3620QualType ASTContext::getIntPtrType() const { 3621 return getFromTargetType(Target->getIntPtrType()); 3622} 3623 3624QualType ASTContext::getUIntPtrType() const { 3625 return getCorrespondingUnsignedType(getIntPtrType()); 3626} 3627 3628/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (C99 7.17) 3629/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9). 3630QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const { 3631 return getFromTargetType(Target->getPtrDiffType(0)); 3632} 3633 3634/// \brief Return the unique type for "pid_t" defined in 3635/// <sys/types.h>. We need this to compute the correct type for vfork(). 3636QualType ASTContext::getProcessIDType() const { 3637 return getFromTargetType(Target->getProcessIDType()); 3638} 3639 3640//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3641// Type Operators 3642//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 3643 3644CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const { 3645 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining 3646 // qualifiers. 3647 T = getCanonicalType(T); 3648 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 3649 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr(); 3650 QualType Result; 3651 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) { 3652 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0)); 3653 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) { 3654 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0)); 3655 } else { 3656 Result = QualType(Ty, 0); 3657 } 3658 3659 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result); 3660} 3661 3662QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type, 3663 Qualifiers &quals) { 3664 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType(); 3665 3666 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to 3667 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor. 3668 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with 3669 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly. 3670 const ArrayType *AT = 3671 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.Ty->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); 3672 3673 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType. 3674 if (!AT) { 3675 quals = splitType.Quals; 3676 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3677 } 3678 3679 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type. 3680 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType(); 3681 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals); 3682 3683 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we 3684 // can just use the results in splitType. 3685 if (elementType == unqualElementType) { 3686 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call 3687 quals = splitType.Quals; 3688 return QualType(splitType.Ty, 0); 3689 } 3690 3691 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then 3692 // build the type back up. 3693 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.Quals); 3694 3695 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 3696 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(), 3697 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3698 } 3699 3700 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) { 3701 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0); 3702 } 3703 3704 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) { 3705 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType, 3706 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 3707 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 3708 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 3709 VAT->getBracketsRange()); 3710 } 3711 3712 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT); 3713 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 3714 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0, 3715 SourceRange()); 3716} 3717 3718/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that 3719/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that 3720/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types 3721/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this 3722/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level 3723/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically 3724/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and 3725/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level. 3726bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) { 3727 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(), 3728 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>(); 3729 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) { 3730 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3731 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType(); 3732 return true; 3733 } 3734 3735 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(), 3736 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 3737 if (T1MPType && T2MPType && 3738 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0), 3739 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) { 3740 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType(); 3741 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType(); 3742 return true; 3743 } 3744 3745 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 3746 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 3747 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 3748 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) { 3749 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType(); 3750 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType(); 3751 return true; 3752 } 3753 } 3754 3755 // FIXME: Block pointers, too? 3756 3757 return false; 3758} 3759 3760DeclarationNameInfo 3761ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name, 3762 SourceLocation NameLoc) const { 3763 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3764 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3765 case TemplateName::Template: 3766 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3767 return DeclarationNameInfo(Name.getAsTemplateDecl()->getDeclName(), 3768 NameLoc); 3769 3770 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: { 3771 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate(); 3772 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc? 3773 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc); 3774 } 3775 3776 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3777 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3778 DeclarationName DName; 3779 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) { 3780 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier()); 3781 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc); 3782 } else { 3783 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator()); 3784 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations? 3785 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc; 3786 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3787 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding(); 3788 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc); 3789 } 3790 } 3791 3792 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3793 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3794 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3795 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameter()->getDeclName(), 3796 NameLoc); 3797 } 3798 3799 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3800 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3801 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3802 return DeclarationNameInfo(subst->getParameterPack()->getDeclName(), 3803 NameLoc); 3804 } 3805 } 3806 3807 llvm_unreachable("bad template name kind!"); 3808} 3809 3810TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const { 3811 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3812 case TemplateName::QualifiedTemplate: 3813 case TemplateName::Template: { 3814 TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 3815 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP 3816 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template)) 3817 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP); 3818 3819 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration. 3820 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl())); 3821 } 3822 3823 case TemplateName::OverloadedTemplate: 3824 llvm_unreachable("cannot canonicalize overloaded template"); 3825 3826 case TemplateName::DependentTemplate: { 3827 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName(); 3828 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls."); 3829 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName; 3830 } 3831 3832 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm: { 3833 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 3834 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParm(); 3835 return getCanonicalTemplateName(subst->getReplacement()); 3836 } 3837 3838 case TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack: { 3839 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *subst 3840 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(); 3841 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *canonParameter 3842 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(subst->getParameterPack()); 3843 TemplateArgument canonArgPack 3844 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(subst->getArgumentPack()); 3845 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(canonParameter, canonArgPack); 3846 } 3847 } 3848 3849 llvm_unreachable("bad template name!"); 3850} 3851 3852bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) { 3853 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X); 3854 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y); 3855 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer(); 3856} 3857 3858TemplateArgument 3859ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const { 3860 switch (Arg.getKind()) { 3861 case TemplateArgument::Null: 3862 return Arg; 3863 3864 case TemplateArgument::Expression: 3865 return Arg; 3866 3867 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: { 3868 ValueDecl *D = cast<ValueDecl>(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 3869 return TemplateArgument(D, Arg.isDeclForReferenceParam()); 3870 } 3871 3872 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: 3873 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getNullPtrType()), 3874 /*isNullPtr*/true); 3875 3876 case TemplateArgument::Template: 3877 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate())); 3878 3879 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: 3880 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName( 3881 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()), 3882 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions()); 3883 3884 case TemplateArgument::Integral: 3885 return TemplateArgument(Arg, getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType())); 3886 3887 case TemplateArgument::Type: 3888 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType())); 3889 3890 case TemplateArgument::Pack: { 3891 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0) 3892 return Arg; 3893 3894 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs 3895 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()]; 3896 unsigned Idx = 0; 3897 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(), 3898 AEnd = Arg.pack_end(); 3899 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx) 3900 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A); 3901 3902 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size()); 3903 } 3904 } 3905 3906 // Silence GCC warning 3907 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled template argument kind"); 3908} 3909 3910NestedNameSpecifier * 3911ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const { 3912 if (!NNS) 3913 return 0; 3914 3915 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 3916 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 3917 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same. 3918 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 3919 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()), 3920 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 3921 3922 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 3923 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3924 // this namespace and no prefix. 3925 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3926 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace()); 3927 3928 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 3929 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with 3930 // this namespace and no prefix. 3931 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, 3932 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace() 3933 ->getOriginalNamespace()); 3934 3935 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 3936 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: { 3937 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0)); 3938 3939 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"), 3940 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those 3941 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize 3942 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name 3943 // types, e.g., 3944 // typedef typename T::type T1; 3945 // typedef typename T1::type T2; 3946 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) 3947 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, DNT->getQualifier(), 3948 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier())); 3949 3950 // Otherwise, just canonicalize the type, and force it to be a TypeSpec. 3951 // FIXME: Why are TypeSpec and TypeSpecWithTemplate distinct in the 3952 // first place? 3953 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false, 3954 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr())); 3955 } 3956 3957 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 3958 // The global specifier is canonical and unique. 3959 return NNS; 3960 } 3961 3962 llvm_unreachable("Invalid NestedNameSpecifier::Kind!"); 3963} 3964 3965 3966const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const { 3967 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently. 3968 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) { 3969 // Handle the common positive case fast. 3970 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T)) 3971 return AT; 3972 } 3973 3974 // Handle the common negative case fast. 3975 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType())) 3976 return 0; 3977 3978 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This 3979 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes 3980 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type." 3981 3982 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have 3983 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type 3984 // we must propagate them down into the element type. 3985 3986 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType(); 3987 Qualifiers qs = split.Quals; 3988 3989 // If we have a simple case, just return now. 3990 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.Ty); 3991 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty()) 3992 return ATy; 3993 3994 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the 3995 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type. 3996 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs); 3997 3998 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy)) 3999 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(), 4000 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 4001 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4002 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy)) 4003 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy, 4004 IAT->getSizeModifier(), 4005 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers())); 4006 4007 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT 4008 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy)) 4009 return cast<ArrayType>( 4010 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy, 4011 DSAT->getSizeExpr(), 4012 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 4013 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4014 DSAT->getBracketsRange())); 4015 4016 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy); 4017 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy, 4018 VAT->getSizeExpr(), 4019 VAT->getSizeModifier(), 4020 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), 4021 VAT->getBracketsRange())); 4022} 4023 4024QualType ASTContext::getAdjustedParameterType(QualType T) const { 4025 // C99 6.7.5.3p7: 4026 // A declaration of a parameter as "array of type" shall be 4027 // adjusted to "qualified pointer to type", where the type 4028 // qualifiers (if any) are those specified within the [ and ] of 4029 // the array type derivation. 4030 if (T->isArrayType()) 4031 return getArrayDecayedType(T); 4032 4033 // C99 6.7.5.3p8: 4034 // A declaration of a parameter as "function returning type" 4035 // shall be adjusted to "pointer to function returning type", as 4036 // in 6.3.2.1. 4037 if (T->isFunctionType()) 4038 return getPointerType(T); 4039 4040 return T; 4041} 4042 4043QualType ASTContext::getSignatureParameterType(QualType T) const { 4044 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T); 4045 T = getAdjustedParameterType(T); 4046 return T.getUnqualifiedType(); 4047} 4048 4049/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the 4050/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when 4051/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type, 4052/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array. 4053/// 4054/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3. 4055QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const { 4056 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any 4057 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation 4058 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present 4059 // (C99 6.7.3p8). 4060 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty); 4061 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!"); 4062 4063 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType()); 4064 4065 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict 4066 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers()); 4067} 4068 4069QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const { 4070 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType()); 4071} 4072 4073QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const { 4074 Qualifiers qs; 4075 while (true) { 4076 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType(); 4077 const ArrayType *array = split.Ty->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); 4078 if (!array) break; 4079 4080 type = array->getElementType(); 4081 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.Quals); 4082 } 4083 4084 return getQualifiedType(type, qs); 4085} 4086 4087/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements. 4088uint64_t 4089ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const { 4090 uint64_t ElementCount = 1; 4091 do { 4092 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue(); 4093 CA = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>( 4094 CA->getElementType()->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()); 4095 } while (CA); 4096 return ElementCount; 4097} 4098 4099/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types. 4100/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float. 4101static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) { 4102 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) 4103 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType()); 4104 4105 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4106 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) { 4107 default: llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): not a floating type"); 4108 case BuiltinType::Half: return HalfRank; 4109 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank; 4110 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank; 4111 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank; 4112 } 4113} 4114 4115/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating 4116/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize). 4117/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type. 4118/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type. 4119QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size, 4120 QualType Domain) const { 4121 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size); 4122 if (Domain->isComplexType()) { 4123 switch (EltRank) { 4124 case HalfRank: llvm_unreachable("Complex half is not supported"); 4125 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy; 4126 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy; 4127 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy; 4128 } 4129 } 4130 4131 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!"); 4132 switch (EltRank) { 4133 case HalfRank: return HalfTy; 4134 case FloatRank: return FloatTy; 4135 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy; 4136 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy; 4137 } 4138 llvm_unreachable("getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank"); 4139} 4140 4141/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating 4142/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' == 4143/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4144/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4145int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4146 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS); 4147 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS); 4148 4149 if (LHSR == RHSR) 4150 return 0; 4151 if (LHSR > RHSR) 4152 return 1; 4153 return -1; 4154} 4155 4156/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This 4157/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum, 4158/// or if it is not canonicalized. 4159unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const { 4160 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized"); 4161 4162 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) { 4163 default: llvm_unreachable("getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer"); 4164 case BuiltinType::Bool: 4165 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3); 4166 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4167 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4168 case BuiltinType::SChar: 4169 case BuiltinType::UChar: 4170 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3); 4171 case BuiltinType::Short: 4172 case BuiltinType::UShort: 4173 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3); 4174 case BuiltinType::Int: 4175 case BuiltinType::UInt: 4176 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3); 4177 case BuiltinType::Long: 4178 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4179 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3); 4180 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 4181 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: 4182 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3); 4183 case BuiltinType::Int128: 4184 case BuiltinType::UInt128: 4185 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3); 4186 } 4187} 4188 4189/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according 4190/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions). 4191/// 4192/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no 4193/// promotion occurs. 4194QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const { 4195 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) 4196 return QualType(); 4197 4198 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField(); 4199 if (!Field) 4200 return QualType(); 4201 4202 QualType FT = Field->getType(); 4203 4204 uint64_t BitWidth = Field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 4205 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy); 4206 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal 4207 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is. 4208 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int. 4209 if (BitWidth < IntSize) 4210 return IntTy; 4211 4212 if (BitWidth == IntSize) 4213 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4214 4215 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act 4216 // like the base type. 4217 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here 4218 // is ridiculous. 4219 return QualType(); 4220} 4221 4222/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will 4223/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable 4224/// integer type. 4225QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const { 4226 assert(!Promotable.isNull()); 4227 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType()); 4228 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>()) 4229 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType(); 4230 4231 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Promotable->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4232 // C++ [conv.prom]: A prvalue of type char16_t, char32_t, or wchar_t 4233 // (3.9.1) can be converted to a prvalue of the first of the following 4234 // types that can represent all the values of its underlying type: 4235 // int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long int, long long int, or 4236 // unsigned long long int [...] 4237 // FIXME: Is there some better way to compute this? 4238 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S || 4239 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_U || 4240 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char16 || 4241 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char32) { 4242 bool FromIsSigned = BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::WChar_S; 4243 uint64_t FromSize = getTypeSize(BT); 4244 QualType PromoteTypes[] = { IntTy, UnsignedIntTy, LongTy, UnsignedLongTy, 4245 LongLongTy, UnsignedLongLongTy }; 4246 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < llvm::array_lengthof(PromoteTypes); ++Idx) { 4247 uint64_t ToSize = getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]); 4248 if (FromSize < ToSize || 4249 (FromSize == ToSize && 4250 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) 4251 return PromoteTypes[Idx]; 4252 } 4253 llvm_unreachable("char type should fit into long long"); 4254 } 4255 } 4256 4257 // At this point, we should have a signed or unsigned integer type. 4258 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType()) 4259 return IntTy; 4260 uint64_t PromotableSize = getIntWidth(Promotable); 4261 uint64_t IntSize = getIntWidth(IntTy); 4262 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize); 4263 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy; 4264} 4265 4266/// \brief Recurses in pointer/array types until it finds an objc retainable 4267/// type and returns its ownership. 4268Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime ASTContext::getInnerObjCOwnership(QualType T) const { 4269 while (!T.isNull()) { 4270 if (T.getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_None) 4271 return T.getObjCLifetime(); 4272 if (T->isArrayType()) 4273 T = getBaseElementType(T); 4274 else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 4275 T = PT->getPointeeType(); 4276 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 4277 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 4278 else 4279 break; 4280 } 4281 4282 return Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4283} 4284 4285/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type: 4286/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If 4287/// LHS < RHS, return -1. 4288int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const { 4289 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr(); 4290 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr(); 4291 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0; 4292 4293 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4294 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 4295 4296 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC); 4297 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC); 4298 4299 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned. 4300 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0; 4301 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1; 4302 } 4303 4304 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa. 4305 if (LHSUnsigned) { 4306 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it. 4307 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank) 4308 return 1; 4309 4310 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4311 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4312 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4313 return -1; 4314 } 4315 4316 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it. 4317 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank) 4318 return -1; 4319 4320 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it 4321 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are 4322 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe. 4323 return 1; 4324} 4325 4326static RecordDecl * 4327CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, 4328 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) { 4329 SourceLocation Loc; 4330 if (Ctx.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4331 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4332 else 4333 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id); 4334} 4335 4336// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings. 4337QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const { 4338 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) { 4339 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = 4340 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4341 &Idents.get("NSConstantString")); 4342 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition(); 4343 4344 QualType FieldTypes[4]; 4345 4346 // const int *isa; 4347 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst()); 4348 // int flags; 4349 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy; 4350 // const char *str; 4351 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst()); 4352 // long length; 4353 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy; 4354 4355 // Create fields 4356 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4357 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl, 4358 SourceLocation(), 4359 SourceLocation(), 0, 4360 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4361 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4362 /*Mutable=*/false, 4363 ICIS_NoInit); 4364 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4365 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field); 4366 } 4367 4368 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition(); 4369 } 4370 4371 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl); 4372} 4373 4374QualType ASTContext::getObjCSuperType() const { 4375 if (ObjCSuperType.isNull()) { 4376 RecordDecl *ObjCSuperTypeDecl = 4377 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get("objc_super")); 4378 TUDecl->addDecl(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4379 ObjCSuperType = getTagDeclType(ObjCSuperTypeDecl); 4380 } 4381 return ObjCSuperType; 4382} 4383 4384void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) { 4385 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>(); 4386 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType"); 4387 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl(); 4388} 4389 4390QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const { 4391 if (BlockDescriptorType) 4392 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4393 4394 RecordDecl *T; 4395 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4396 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4397 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor")); 4398 T->startDefinition(); 4399 4400 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4401 UnsignedLongTy, 4402 UnsignedLongTy, 4403 }; 4404 4405 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4406 "reserved", 4407 "Size" 4408 }; 4409 4410 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) { 4411 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4412 SourceLocation(), 4413 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4414 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4415 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4416 /*Mutable=*/false, 4417 ICIS_NoInit); 4418 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4419 T->addDecl(Field); 4420 } 4421 4422 T->completeDefinition(); 4423 4424 BlockDescriptorType = T; 4425 4426 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType); 4427} 4428 4429QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const { 4430 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType) 4431 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4432 4433 RecordDecl *T; 4434 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit. 4435 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, 4436 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose")); 4437 T->startDefinition(); 4438 4439 QualType FieldTypes[] = { 4440 UnsignedLongTy, 4441 UnsignedLongTy, 4442 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy), 4443 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy) 4444 }; 4445 4446 const char *FieldNames[] = { 4447 "reserved", 4448 "Size", 4449 "CopyFuncPtr", 4450 "DestroyFuncPtr" 4451 }; 4452 4453 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) { 4454 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(), 4455 SourceLocation(), 4456 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 4457 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 4458 /*BitWidth=*/0, 4459 /*Mutable=*/false, 4460 ICIS_NoInit); 4461 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 4462 T->addDecl(Field); 4463 } 4464 4465 T->completeDefinition(); 4466 4467 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T; 4468 4469 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType); 4470} 4471 4472/// BlockRequiresCopying - Returns true if byref variable "D" of type "Ty" 4473/// requires copy/dispose. Note that this must match the logic 4474/// in buildByrefHelpers. 4475bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty, 4476 const VarDecl *D) { 4477 if (const CXXRecordDecl *record = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4478 const Expr *copyExpr = getBlockVarCopyInits(D); 4479 if (!copyExpr && record->hasTrivialDestructor()) return false; 4480 4481 return true; 4482 } 4483 4484 if (!Ty->isObjCRetainableType()) return false; 4485 4486 Qualifiers qs = Ty.getQualifiers(); 4487 4488 // If we have lifetime, that dominates. 4489 if (Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = qs.getObjCLifetime()) { 4490 assert(getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4491 4492 switch (lifetime) { 4493 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: llvm_unreachable("impossible"); 4494 4495 // These are just bits as far as the runtime is concerned. 4496 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4497 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4498 return false; 4499 4500 // Tell the runtime that this is ARC __weak, called by the 4501 // byref routines. 4502 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4503 // ARC __strong __block variables need to be retained. 4504 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4505 return true; 4506 } 4507 llvm_unreachable("fell out of lifetime switch!"); 4508 } 4509 return (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || isObjCNSObjectType(Ty) || 4510 Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType()); 4511} 4512 4513bool ASTContext::getByrefLifetime(QualType Ty, 4514 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime &LifeTime, 4515 bool &HasByrefExtendedLayout) const { 4516 4517 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1 || 4518 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4519 return false; 4520 4521 HasByrefExtendedLayout = false; 4522 if (Ty->isRecordType()) { 4523 HasByrefExtendedLayout = true; 4524 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4525 } 4526 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 4527 LifeTime = Ty.getObjCLifetime(); 4528 // MRR. 4529 else if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 4530 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 4531 else 4532 LifeTime = Qualifiers::OCL_None; 4533 return true; 4534} 4535 4536TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCInstanceTypeDecl() { 4537 if (!ObjCInstanceTypeDecl) 4538 ObjCInstanceTypeDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(*this, 4539 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4540 SourceLocation(), 4541 SourceLocation(), 4542 &Idents.get("instancetype"), 4543 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(getObjCIdType())); 4544 return ObjCInstanceTypeDecl; 4545} 4546 4547// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL: 4548// typedef <type> BOOL; 4549static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) { 4550 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T)) 4551 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier()) 4552 return II->isStr("BOOL"); 4553 4554 return false; 4555} 4556 4557/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding 4558/// purpose. 4559CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const { 4560 if (!type->isIncompleteArrayType() && type->isIncompleteType()) 4561 return CharUnits::Zero(); 4562 4563 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type); 4564 4565 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int 4566 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 4567 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy)); 4568 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in. 4569 else if (type->isArrayType()) 4570 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4571 return sz; 4572} 4573 4574static inline 4575std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) { 4576 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity()); 4577} 4578 4579/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block 4580/// declaration. 4581std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const { 4582 std::string S; 4583 4584 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl(); 4585 QualType BlockTy = 4586 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 4587 // Encode result type. 4588 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4589 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, 4590 BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4591 S, true /*Extended*/); 4592 else 4593 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4594 S); 4595 // Compute size of all parameters. 4596 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4597 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4598 SourceLocation Loc; 4599 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4600 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4601 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4602 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4603 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4604 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4605 if (sz.isZero()) 4606 continue; 4607 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type"); 4608 ParmOffset += sz; 4609 } 4610 // Size of the argument frame 4611 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4612 // Block pointer and offset. 4613 S += "@?0"; 4614 4615 // Argument types. 4616 ParmOffset = PtrSize; 4617 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E = 4618 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4619 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4620 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4621 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4622 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4623 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4624 // elements. 4625 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4626 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4627 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4628 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4629 if (getLangOpts().EncodeExtendedBlockSig) 4630 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::OBJC_TQ_None, PType, 4631 S, true /*Extended*/); 4632 else 4633 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4634 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4635 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4636 } 4637 4638 return S; 4639} 4640 4641bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl, 4642 std::string& S) { 4643 // Encode result type. 4644 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S); 4645 CharUnits ParmOffset; 4646 // Compute size of all parameters. 4647 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4648 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4649 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4650 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4651 if (sz.isZero()) 4652 continue; 4653 4654 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4655 "getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4656 ParmOffset += sz; 4657 } 4658 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4659 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero(); 4660 4661 // Argument types. 4662 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4663 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4664 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4665 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4666 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4667 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4668 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4669 // elements. 4670 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4671 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4672 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4673 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4674 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S); 4675 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4676 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4677 } 4678 4679 return false; 4680} 4681 4682/// getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter - Return the encoded type for a single 4683/// method parameter or return type. If Extended, include class names and 4684/// block object types. 4685void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 4686 QualType T, std::string& S, 4687 bool Extended) const { 4688 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the parameter. 4689 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(QT, S); 4690 // Encode parameter type. 4691 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, 0, 4692 true /*OutermostType*/, 4693 false /*EncodingProperty*/, 4694 false /*StructField*/, 4695 Extended /*EncodeBlockParameters*/, 4696 Extended /*EncodeClassNames*/); 4697} 4698 4699/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method 4700/// declaration. 4701bool ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl, 4702 std::string& S, 4703 bool Extended) const { 4704 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4705 // Encode return type. 4706 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4707 Decl->getResultType(), S, Extended); 4708 // Compute size of all parameters. 4709 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes. 4710 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation! 4711 SourceLocation Loc; 4712 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy); 4713 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for 4714 // their size. 4715 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4716 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4717 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4718 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType(); 4719 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4720 if (sz.isZero()) 4721 continue; 4722 4723 assert (sz.isPositive() && 4724 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type"); 4725 ParmOffset += sz; 4726 } 4727 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4728 S += "@0:"; 4729 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize); 4730 4731 // Argument types. 4732 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize; 4733 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), 4734 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) { 4735 const ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI; 4736 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType(); 4737 if (const ArrayType *AT = 4738 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { 4739 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of 4740 // elements. 4741 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) 4742 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4743 } else if (PType->isFunctionType()) 4744 PType = PVDecl->getType(); 4745 getObjCEncodingForMethodParameter(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), 4746 PType, S, Extended); 4747 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset); 4748 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType); 4749 } 4750 4751 return false; 4752} 4753 4754/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this 4755/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an 4756/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be 4757/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties. 4758/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple 4759/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The 4760/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are 4761/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types 4762/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode 4763/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration: 4764/// @code 4765/// enum PropertyAttributes { 4766/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only. 4767/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned 4768/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned 4769/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic 4770/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name 4771/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name 4772/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name 4773/// kPropertyType = 'T' // followed by old-style type encoding. 4774/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property 4775/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able 4776/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic 4777/// }; 4778/// @endcode 4779void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 4780 const Decl *Container, 4781 std::string& S) const { 4782 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s). 4783 bool Dynamic = false; 4784 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0; 4785 4786 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction. 4787 if (Container) { 4788 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID = 4789 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) { 4790 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4791 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end(); 4792 i != e; ++i) { 4793 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4794 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4795 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4796 Dynamic = true; 4797 } else { 4798 SynthesizePID = PID; 4799 } 4800 } 4801 } 4802 } else { 4803 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container); 4804 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator 4805 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end(); 4806 i != e; ++i) { 4807 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i; 4808 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) { 4809 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) { 4810 Dynamic = true; 4811 } else { 4812 SynthesizePID = PID; 4813 } 4814 } 4815 } 4816 } 4817 } 4818 4819 // FIXME: This is not very efficient. 4820 S = "T"; 4821 4822 // Encode result type. 4823 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which 4824 // closely resembles encoding of ivars. 4825 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0, 4826 true /* outermost type */, 4827 true /* encoding for property */); 4828 4829 if (PD->isReadOnly()) { 4830 S += ",R"; 4831 } else { 4832 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) { 4833 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break; 4834 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break; 4835 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break; 4836 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Weak: S += ",W"; break; 4837 } 4838 } 4839 4840 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties 4841 // are "dynamic by default". 4842 if (Dynamic) 4843 S += ",D"; 4844 4845 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic) 4846 S += ",N"; 4847 4848 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) { 4849 S += ",G"; 4850 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString(); 4851 } 4852 4853 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) { 4854 S += ",S"; 4855 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString(); 4856 } 4857 4858 if (SynthesizePID) { 4859 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl(); 4860 S += ",V"; 4861 S += OID->getNameAsString(); 4862 } 4863 4864 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong 4865} 4866 4867/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding - 4868/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as 4869/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use 4870/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer! 4871/// 4872void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const { 4873 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) { 4874 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 4875 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4876 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy; 4877 else 4878 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32) 4879 PointeeTy = IntTy; 4880 } 4881 } 4882} 4883 4884void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S, 4885 const FieldDecl *Field) const { 4886 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are 4887 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that 4888 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the 4889 // same type. 4890 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field, 4891 true /* outermost type */); 4892} 4893 4894static char getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, 4895 BuiltinType::Kind kind) { 4896 switch (kind) { 4897 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v'; 4898 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B'; 4899 case BuiltinType::Char_U: 4900 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C'; 4901 case BuiltinType::Char16: 4902 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S'; 4903 case BuiltinType::Char32: 4904 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I'; 4905 case BuiltinType::ULong: 4906 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q'; 4907 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T'; 4908 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q'; 4909 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 4910 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c'; 4911 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's'; 4912 case BuiltinType::WChar_S: 4913 case BuiltinType::WChar_U: 4914 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i'; 4915 case BuiltinType::Long: 4916 return C->getTargetInfo().getLongWidth() == 32 ? 'l' : 'q'; 4917 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q'; 4918 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't'; 4919 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f'; 4920 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd'; 4921 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D'; 4922 case BuiltinType::NullPtr: return '*'; // like char* 4923 4924 case BuiltinType::Half: 4925 // FIXME: potentially need @encodes for these! 4926 return ' '; 4927 4928 case BuiltinType::ObjCId: 4929 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass: 4930 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel: 4931 llvm_unreachable("@encoding ObjC primitive type"); 4932 4933 // OpenCL and placeholder types don't need @encodings. 4934 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1d: 4935 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArray: 4936 case BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBuffer: 4937 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2d: 4938 case BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArray: 4939 case BuiltinType::OCLImage3d: 4940 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent: 4941 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler: 4942 case BuiltinType::Dependent: 4943#define BUILTIN_TYPE(KIND, ID) 4944#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(KIND, ID) \ 4945 case BuiltinType::KIND: 4946#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" 4947 llvm_unreachable("invalid builtin type for @encode"); 4948 } 4949 llvm_unreachable("invalid BuiltinType::Kind value"); 4950} 4951 4952static char ObjCEncodingForEnumType(const ASTContext *C, const EnumType *ET) { 4953 EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl(); 4954 4955 // The encoding of an non-fixed enum type is always 'i', regardless of size. 4956 if (!Enum->isFixed()) 4957 return 'i'; 4958 4959 // The encoding of a fixed enum type matches its fixed underlying type. 4960 const BuiltinType *BT = Enum->getIntegerType()->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4961 return getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(C, BT->getKind()); 4962} 4963 4964static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S, 4965 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) { 4966 assert(FD->isBitField() && "not a bitfield - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl"); 4967 S += 'b'; 4968 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits. 4969 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b, 4970 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the 4971 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure: 4972 // 4973 // struct 4974 // { 4975 // int integer; 4976 // int flags:2; 4977 // }; 4978 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT 4979 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra 4980 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for 4981 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that 4982 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes... 4983 if (Ctx->getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.isGNUFamily()) { 4984 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent(); 4985 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD); 4986 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex())); 4987 if (const EnumType *ET = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 4988 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(Ctx, ET); 4989 else { 4990 const BuiltinType *BT = T->castAs<BuiltinType>(); 4991 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, BT->getKind()); 4992 } 4993 } 4994 S += llvm::utostr(FD->getBitWidthValue(*Ctx)); 4995} 4996 4997// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string. 4998void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S, 4999 bool ExpandPointedToStructures, 5000 bool ExpandStructures, 5001 const FieldDecl *FD, 5002 bool OutermostType, 5003 bool EncodingProperty, 5004 bool StructField, 5005 bool EncodeBlockParameters, 5006 bool EncodeClassNames, 5007 bool EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) const { 5008 CanQualType CT = getCanonicalType(T); 5009 switch (CT->getTypeClass()) { 5010 case Type::Builtin: 5011 case Type::Enum: 5012 if (FD && FD->isBitField()) 5013 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD); 5014 if (const BuiltinType *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CT)) 5015 S += getObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, BT->getKind()); 5016 else 5017 S += ObjCEncodingForEnumType(this, cast<EnumType>(CT)); 5018 return; 5019 5020 case Type::Complex: { 5021 const ComplexType *CT = T->castAs<ComplexType>(); 5022 S += 'j'; 5023 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false, 5024 false); 5025 return; 5026 } 5027 5028 case Type::Atomic: { 5029 const AtomicType *AT = T->castAs<AtomicType>(); 5030 S += 'A'; 5031 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getValueType(), S, false, false, 0, 5032 false, false); 5033 return; 5034 } 5035 5036 // encoding for pointer or reference types. 5037 case Type::Pointer: 5038 case Type::LValueReference: 5039 case Type::RValueReference: { 5040 QualType PointeeTy; 5041 if (isa<PointerType>(CT)) { 5042 const PointerType *PT = T->castAs<PointerType>(); 5043 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) { 5044 S += ':'; 5045 return; 5046 } 5047 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType(); 5048 } else { 5049 PointeeTy = T->castAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType(); 5050 } 5051 5052 bool isReadOnly = false; 5053 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the 5054 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of 5055 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef! 5056 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type! 5057 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) { 5058 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) { 5059 isReadOnly = true; 5060 S += 'r'; 5061 } 5062 } else if (OutermostType) { 5063 QualType P = PointeeTy; 5064 while (P->getAs<PointerType>()) 5065 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 5066 if (P.isConstQualified()) { 5067 isReadOnly = true; 5068 S += 'r'; 5069 } 5070 } 5071 if (isReadOnly) { 5072 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type 5073 // combinations need to be rearranged. 5074 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn" 5075 if (StringRef(S).endswith("nr")) 5076 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn"); 5077 } 5078 5079 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) { 5080 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a 5081 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'. 5082 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) { 5083 S += '*'; 5084 return; 5085 } 5086 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 5087 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#". 5088 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) { 5089 S += '#'; 5090 return; 5091 } 5092 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@". 5093 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) { 5094 S += '@'; 5095 return; 5096 } 5097 // fall through... 5098 } 5099 S += '^'; 5100 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy); 5101 5102 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5103 NULL); 5104 return; 5105 } 5106 5107 case Type::ConstantArray: 5108 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5109 case Type::VariableArray: { 5110 const ArrayType *AT = cast<ArrayType>(CT); 5111 5112 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT) && !StructField) { 5113 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element. 5114 S += '^'; 5115 5116 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5117 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5118 } else { 5119 S += '['; 5120 5121 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) { 5122 if (getTypeSize(CAT->getElementType()) == 0) 5123 S += '0'; 5124 else 5125 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue()); 5126 } else { 5127 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements. 5128 assert((isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) || isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) && 5129 "Unknown array type!"); 5130 S += '0'; 5131 } 5132 5133 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S, 5134 false, ExpandStructures, FD); 5135 S += ']'; 5136 } 5137 return; 5138 } 5139 5140 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 5141 case Type::FunctionProto: 5142 S += '?'; 5143 return; 5144 5145 case Type::Record: { 5146 RecordDecl *RDecl = cast<RecordType>(CT)->getDecl(); 5147 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{'; 5148 // Anonymous structures print as '?' 5149 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) { 5150 S += II->getName(); 5151 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 5152 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) { 5153 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs(); 5154 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(S); 5155 TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(OS, 5156 TemplateArgs.data(), 5157 TemplateArgs.size(), 5158 (*this).getPrintingPolicy()); 5159 } 5160 } else { 5161 S += '?'; 5162 } 5163 if (ExpandStructures) { 5164 S += '='; 5165 if (!RDecl->isUnion()) { 5166 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RDecl, S, FD); 5167 } else { 5168 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5169 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5170 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) { 5171 if (FD) { 5172 S += '"'; 5173 S += Field->getNameAsString(); 5174 S += '"'; 5175 } 5176 5177 // Special case bit-fields. 5178 if (Field->isBitField()) { 5179 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, 5180 *Field); 5181 } else { 5182 QualType qt = Field->getType(); 5183 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5184 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, 5185 FD, /*OutermostType*/false, 5186 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5187 /*StructField*/true); 5188 } 5189 } 5190 } 5191 } 5192 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}'; 5193 return; 5194 } 5195 5196 case Type::BlockPointer: { 5197 const BlockPointerType *BT = T->castAs<BlockPointerType>(); 5198 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?". 5199 if (EncodeBlockParameters) { 5200 const FunctionType *FT = BT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 5201 5202 S += '<'; 5203 // Block return type 5204 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(FT->getResultType(), S, 5205 ExpandPointedToStructures, ExpandStructures, 5206 FD, 5207 false /* OutermostType */, 5208 EncodingProperty, 5209 false /* StructField */, 5210 EncodeBlockParameters, 5211 EncodeClassNames); 5212 // Block self 5213 S += "@?"; 5214 // Block parameters 5215 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) { 5216 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator I = FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5217 E = FPT->arg_type_end(); I && (I != E); ++I) { 5218 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(*I, S, 5219 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5220 ExpandStructures, 5221 FD, 5222 false /* OutermostType */, 5223 EncodingProperty, 5224 false /* StructField */, 5225 EncodeBlockParameters, 5226 EncodeClassNames); 5227 } 5228 } 5229 S += '>'; 5230 } 5231 return; 5232 } 5233 5234 case Type::ObjCObject: 5235 case Type::ObjCInterface: { 5236 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level. 5237 T = T->castAs<ObjCObjectType>()->getBaseType(); 5238 5239 // The assumption seems to be that this assert will succeed 5240 // because nested levels will have filtered out 'id' and 'Class'. 5241 const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->castAs<ObjCInterfaceType>(); 5242 // @encode(class_name) 5243 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl(); 5244 S += '{'; 5245 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier(); 5246 S += II->getName(); 5247 S += '='; 5248 SmallVector<const ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars; 5249 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars); 5250 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) { 5251 const FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]); 5252 if (Field->isBitField()) 5253 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field); 5254 else 5255 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD, 5256 false, false, false, false, false, 5257 EncodePointerToObjCTypedef); 5258 } 5259 S += '}'; 5260 return; 5261 } 5262 5263 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 5264 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->castAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 5265 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) { 5266 S += '@'; 5267 return; 5268 } 5269 5270 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) { 5271 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'. 5272 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime 5273 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct. 5274 S += '#'; 5275 return; 5276 } 5277 5278 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 5279 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S, 5280 ExpandPointedToStructures, 5281 ExpandStructures, FD); 5282 if (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames) { 5283 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list 5284 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding. 5285 S += '"'; 5286 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5287 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5288 S += '<'; 5289 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5290 S += '>'; 5291 } 5292 S += '"'; 5293 } 5294 return; 5295 } 5296 5297 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType(); 5298 if (!EncodingProperty && 5299 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr()) && 5300 !EncodePointerToObjCTypedef) { 5301 // Another historical/compatibility reason. 5302 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as 5303 // {...}; 5304 S += '^'; 5305 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, 5306 false, ExpandPointedToStructures, 5307 NULL, 5308 false, false, false, false, false, 5309 /*EncodePointerToObjCTypedef*/true); 5310 return; 5311 } 5312 5313 S += '@'; 5314 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && 5315 (FD || EncodingProperty || EncodeClassNames)) { 5316 S += '"'; 5317 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName(); 5318 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(), 5319 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 5320 S += '<'; 5321 S += (*I)->getNameAsString(); 5322 S += '>'; 5323 } 5324 S += '"'; 5325 } 5326 return; 5327 } 5328 5329 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers. 5330 // FIXME: we shoul do better than that. 'M' is available. 5331 case Type::MemberPointer: 5332 return; 5333 5334 case Type::Vector: 5335 case Type::ExtVector: 5336 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is 5337 // insufficient. 5338 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc. 5339 return; 5340 5341#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5342#define TYPE(KIND, BASE) 5343#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5344 case Type::KIND: 5345#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5346 case Type::KIND: 5347#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(KIND, BASE) \ 5348 case Type::KIND: 5349#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 5350 llvm_unreachable("@encode for dependent type!"); 5351 } 5352 llvm_unreachable("bad type kind!"); 5353} 5354 5355void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(RecordDecl *RDecl, 5356 std::string &S, 5357 const FieldDecl *FD, 5358 bool includeVBases) const { 5359 assert(RDecl && "Expected non-null RecordDecl"); 5360 assert(!RDecl->isUnion() && "Should not be called for unions"); 5361 if (!RDecl->getDefinition()) 5362 return; 5363 5364 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRec = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RDecl); 5365 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *> FieldOrBaseOffsets; 5366 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(RDecl); 5367 5368 if (CXXRec) { 5369 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5370 BI = CXXRec->bases_begin(), 5371 BE = CXXRec->bases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5372 if (!BI->isVirtual()) { 5373 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5374 if (base->isEmpty()) 5375 continue; 5376 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getBaseClassOffset(base)); 5377 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5378 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5379 } 5380 } 5381 } 5382 5383 unsigned i = 0; 5384 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(), 5385 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end(); 5386 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field, ++i) { 5387 uint64_t offs = layout.getFieldOffset(i); 5388 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5389 std::make_pair(offs, *Field)); 5390 } 5391 5392 if (CXXRec && includeVBases) { 5393 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator 5394 BI = CXXRec->vbases_begin(), 5395 BE = CXXRec->vbases_end(); BI != BE; ++BI) { 5396 CXXRecordDecl *base = BI->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5397 if (base->isEmpty()) 5398 continue; 5399 uint64_t offs = toBits(layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base)); 5400 if (FieldOrBaseOffsets.find(offs) == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end()) 5401 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(), 5402 std::make_pair(offs, base)); 5403 } 5404 } 5405 5406 CharUnits size; 5407 if (CXXRec) { 5408 size = includeVBases ? layout.getSize() : layout.getNonVirtualSize(); 5409 } else { 5410 size = layout.getSize(); 5411 } 5412 5413 uint64_t CurOffs = 0; 5414 std::multimap<uint64_t, NamedDecl *>::iterator 5415 CurLayObj = FieldOrBaseOffsets.begin(); 5416 5417 if (CXXRec && CXXRec->isDynamicClass() && 5418 (CurLayObj == FieldOrBaseOffsets.end() || CurLayObj->first != 0)) { 5419 if (FD) { 5420 S += "\"_vptr$"; 5421 std::string recname = CXXRec->getNameAsString(); 5422 if (recname.empty()) recname = "?"; 5423 S += recname; 5424 S += '"'; 5425 } 5426 S += "^^?"; 5427 CurOffs += getTypeSize(VoidPtrTy); 5428 } 5429 5430 if (!RDecl->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5431 // Mark the end of the structure. 5432 uint64_t offs = toBits(size); 5433 FieldOrBaseOffsets.insert(FieldOrBaseOffsets.upper_bound(offs), 5434 std::make_pair(offs, (NamedDecl*)0)); 5435 } 5436 5437 for (; CurLayObj != FieldOrBaseOffsets.end(); ++CurLayObj) { 5438 assert(CurOffs <= CurLayObj->first); 5439 5440 if (CurOffs < CurLayObj->first) { 5441 uint64_t padding = CurLayObj->first - CurOffs; 5442 // FIXME: There doesn't seem to be a way to indicate in the encoding that 5443 // packing/alignment of members is different that normal, in which case 5444 // the encoding will be out-of-sync with the real layout. 5445 // If the runtime switches to just consider the size of types without 5446 // taking into account alignment, we could make padding explicit in the 5447 // encoding (e.g. using arrays of chars). The encoding strings would be 5448 // longer then though. 5449 CurOffs += padding; 5450 } 5451 5452 NamedDecl *dcl = CurLayObj->second; 5453 if (dcl == 0) 5454 break; // reached end of structure. 5455 5456 if (CXXRecordDecl *base = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(dcl)) { 5457 // We expand the bases without their virtual bases since those are going 5458 // in the initial structure. Note that this differs from gcc which 5459 // expands virtual bases each time one is encountered in the hierarchy, 5460 // making the encoding type bigger than it really is. 5461 getObjCEncodingForStructureImpl(base, S, FD, /*includeVBases*/false); 5462 assert(!base->isEmpty()); 5463 CurOffs += toBits(getASTRecordLayout(base).getNonVirtualSize()); 5464 } else { 5465 FieldDecl *field = cast<FieldDecl>(dcl); 5466 if (FD) { 5467 S += '"'; 5468 S += field->getNameAsString(); 5469 S += '"'; 5470 } 5471 5472 if (field->isBitField()) { 5473 EncodeBitField(this, S, field->getType(), field); 5474 CurOffs += field->getBitWidthValue(*this); 5475 } else { 5476 QualType qt = field->getType(); 5477 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt); 5478 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true, FD, 5479 /*OutermostType*/false, 5480 /*EncodingProperty*/false, 5481 /*StructField*/true); 5482 CurOffs += getTypeSize(field->getType()); 5483 } 5484 } 5485 } 5486} 5487 5488void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT, 5489 std::string& S) const { 5490 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In) 5491 S += 'n'; 5492 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout) 5493 S += 'N'; 5494 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out) 5495 S += 'o'; 5496 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy) 5497 S += 'O'; 5498 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref) 5499 S += 'R'; 5500 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway) 5501 S += 'V'; 5502} 5503 5504TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCIdDecl() const { 5505 if (!ObjCIdDecl) { 5506 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, 0, 0); 5507 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5508 TypeSourceInfo *IdInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5509 ObjCIdDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5510 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5511 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5512 &Idents.get("id"), IdInfo); 5513 } 5514 5515 return ObjCIdDecl; 5516} 5517 5518TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCSelDecl() const { 5519 if (!ObjCSelDecl) { 5520 QualType SelT = getPointerType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy); 5521 TypeSourceInfo *SelInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(SelT); 5522 ObjCSelDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5523 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5524 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5525 &Idents.get("SEL"), SelInfo); 5526 } 5527 return ObjCSelDecl; 5528} 5529 5530TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getObjCClassDecl() const { 5531 if (!ObjCClassDecl) { 5532 QualType T = getObjCObjectType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, 0, 0); 5533 T = getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5534 TypeSourceInfo *ClassInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5535 ObjCClassDecl = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), 5536 getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5537 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5538 &Idents.get("Class"), ClassInfo); 5539 } 5540 5541 return ObjCClassDecl; 5542} 5543 5544ObjCInterfaceDecl *ASTContext::getObjCProtocolDecl() const { 5545 if (!ObjCProtocolClassDecl) { 5546 ObjCProtocolClassDecl 5547 = ObjCInterfaceDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5548 SourceLocation(), 5549 &Idents.get("Protocol"), 5550 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 5551 SourceLocation(), true); 5552 } 5553 5554 return ObjCProtocolClassDecl; 5555} 5556 5557//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5558// __builtin_va_list Construction Functions 5559//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5560 5561static TypedefDecl *CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5562 // typedef char* __builtin_va_list; 5563 QualType CharPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->CharTy); 5564 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5565 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CharPtrType); 5566 5567 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5568 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5569 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5570 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5571 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5572 TInfo); 5573 return VaListTypeDecl; 5574} 5575 5576static TypedefDecl *CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5577 // typedef void* __builtin_va_list; 5578 QualType VoidPtrType = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5579 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5580 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VoidPtrType); 5581 5582 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5583 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5584 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5585 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5586 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5587 TInfo); 5588 return VaListTypeDecl; 5589} 5590 5591static TypedefDecl * 5592CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5593 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5594 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5595 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5596 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5597 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5598 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5599 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5600 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5601 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5602 5603 VaListTagDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5604 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5605 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5606 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5607 VaListTagDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5608 } else { 5609 // struct __va_list 5610 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5611 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5612 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5613 } 5614 5615 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5616 5617 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5618 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5619 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5620 5621 // void *__stack; 5622 FieldTypes[0] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5623 FieldNames[0] = "__stack"; 5624 5625 // void *__gr_top; 5626 FieldTypes[1] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5627 FieldNames[1] = "__gr_top"; 5628 5629 // void *__vr_top; 5630 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5631 FieldNames[2] = "__vr_top"; 5632 5633 // int __gr_offs; 5634 FieldTypes[3] = Context->IntTy; 5635 FieldNames[3] = "__gr_offs"; 5636 5637 // int __vr_offs; 5638 FieldTypes[4] = Context->IntTy; 5639 FieldNames[4] = "__vr_offs"; 5640 5641 // Create fields 5642 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5643 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5644 VaListTagDecl, 5645 SourceLocation(), 5646 SourceLocation(), 5647 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5648 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5649 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5650 /*Mutable=*/false, 5651 ICIS_NoInit); 5652 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5653 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5654 } 5655 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5656 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5657 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5658 5659 // } __builtin_va_list; 5660 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5661 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5662 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5663 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5664 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5665 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5666 5667 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5668} 5669 5670static TypedefDecl *CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5671 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5672 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5673 5674 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5675 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5676 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5677 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5678 5679 const size_t NumFields = 5; 5680 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5681 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5682 5683 // unsigned char gpr; 5684 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5685 FieldNames[0] = "gpr"; 5686 5687 // unsigned char fpr; 5688 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedCharTy; 5689 FieldNames[1] = "fpr"; 5690 5691 // unsigned short reserved; 5692 FieldTypes[2] = Context->UnsignedShortTy; 5693 FieldNames[2] = "reserved"; 5694 5695 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5696 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5697 FieldNames[3] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5698 5699 // void* reg_save_area; 5700 FieldTypes[4] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5701 FieldNames[4] = "reg_save_area"; 5702 5703 // Create fields 5704 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5705 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*Context, VaListTagDecl, 5706 SourceLocation(), 5707 SourceLocation(), 5708 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5709 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5710 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5711 /*Mutable=*/false, 5712 ICIS_NoInit); 5713 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5714 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5715 } 5716 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5717 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5718 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5719 5720 // } __va_list_tag; 5721 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5722 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5723 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5724 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5725 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5726 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5727 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5728 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5729 5730 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5731 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5732 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5733 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5734 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5736 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5737 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5738 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5739 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5740 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5741 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5742 TInfo); 5743 5744 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5745} 5746 5747static TypedefDecl * 5748CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5749 // typedef struct __va_list_tag { 5750 RecordDecl *VaListTagDecl; 5751 VaListTagDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5752 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5753 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag")); 5754 VaListTagDecl->startDefinition(); 5755 5756 const size_t NumFields = 4; 5757 QualType FieldTypes[NumFields]; 5758 const char *FieldNames[NumFields]; 5759 5760 // unsigned gp_offset; 5761 FieldTypes[0] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5762 FieldNames[0] = "gp_offset"; 5763 5764 // unsigned fp_offset; 5765 FieldTypes[1] = Context->UnsignedIntTy; 5766 FieldNames[1] = "fp_offset"; 5767 5768 // void* overflow_arg_area; 5769 FieldTypes[2] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5770 FieldNames[2] = "overflow_arg_area"; 5771 5772 // void* reg_save_area; 5773 FieldTypes[3] = Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy); 5774 FieldNames[3] = "reg_save_area"; 5775 5776 // Create fields 5777 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumFields; ++i) { 5778 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5779 VaListTagDecl, 5780 SourceLocation(), 5781 SourceLocation(), 5782 &Context->Idents.get(FieldNames[i]), 5783 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0, 5784 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5785 /*Mutable=*/false, 5786 ICIS_NoInit); 5787 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5788 VaListTagDecl->addDecl(Field); 5789 } 5790 VaListTagDecl->completeDefinition(); 5791 QualType VaListTagType = Context->getRecordType(VaListTagDecl); 5792 Context->VaListTagTy = VaListTagType; 5793 5794 // } __va_list_tag; 5795 TypedefDecl *VaListTagTypedefDecl 5796 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5797 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5798 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5799 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list_tag"), 5800 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagType)); 5801 QualType VaListTagTypedefType = 5802 Context->getTypedefType(VaListTagTypedefDecl); 5803 5804 // typedef __va_list_tag __builtin_va_list[1]; 5805 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 1); 5806 QualType VaListTagArrayType 5807 = Context->getConstantArrayType(VaListTagTypedefType, 5808 Size, ArrayType::Normal,0); 5809 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5810 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(VaListTagArrayType); 5811 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5812 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5813 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5814 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5815 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5816 TInfo); 5817 5818 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5819} 5820 5821static TypedefDecl *CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5822 // typedef int __builtin_va_list[4]; 5823 llvm::APInt Size(Context->getTypeSize(Context->getSizeType()), 4); 5824 QualType IntArrayType 5825 = Context->getConstantArrayType(Context->IntTy, 5826 Size, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5827 TypedefDecl *VaListTypedefDecl 5828 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5829 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5830 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5831 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5832 Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(IntArrayType)); 5833 5834 return VaListTypedefDecl; 5835} 5836 5837static TypedefDecl * 5838CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context) { 5839 RecordDecl *VaListDecl; 5840 if (Context->getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5841 // namespace std { struct __va_list { 5842 NamespaceDecl *NS; 5843 NS = NamespaceDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5844 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5845 /*Inline*/false, SourceLocation(), 5846 SourceLocation(), &Context->Idents.get("std"), 5847 /*PrevDecl*/0); 5848 5849 VaListDecl = CXXRecordDecl::Create(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5850 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5851 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5852 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5853 5854 VaListDecl->setDeclContext(NS); 5855 5856 } else { 5857 // struct __va_list { 5858 VaListDecl = CreateRecordDecl(*Context, TTK_Struct, 5859 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5860 &Context->Idents.get("__va_list")); 5861 } 5862 5863 VaListDecl->startDefinition(); 5864 5865 // void * __ap; 5866 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5867 VaListDecl, 5868 SourceLocation(), 5869 SourceLocation(), 5870 &Context->Idents.get("__ap"), 5871 Context->getPointerType(Context->VoidTy), 5872 /*TInfo=*/0, 5873 /*BitWidth=*/0, 5874 /*Mutable=*/false, 5875 ICIS_NoInit); 5876 Field->setAccess(AS_public); 5877 VaListDecl->addDecl(Field); 5878 5879 // }; 5880 VaListDecl->completeDefinition(); 5881 5882 // typedef struct __va_list __builtin_va_list; 5883 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo 5884 = Context->getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context->getRecordType(VaListDecl)); 5885 5886 TypedefDecl *VaListTypeDecl 5887 = TypedefDecl::Create(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*Context), 5888 Context->getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5889 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 5890 &Context->Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"), 5891 TInfo); 5892 5893 return VaListTypeDecl; 5894} 5895 5896static TypedefDecl *CreateVaListDecl(const ASTContext *Context, 5897 TargetInfo::BuiltinVaListKind Kind) { 5898 switch (Kind) { 5899 case TargetInfo::CharPtrBuiltinVaList: 5900 return CreateCharPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5901 case TargetInfo::VoidPtrBuiltinVaList: 5902 return CreateVoidPtrBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5903 case TargetInfo::AArch64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5904 return CreateAArch64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5905 case TargetInfo::PowerABIBuiltinVaList: 5906 return CreatePowerABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5907 case TargetInfo::X86_64ABIBuiltinVaList: 5908 return CreateX86_64ABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5909 case TargetInfo::PNaClABIBuiltinVaList: 5910 return CreatePNaClABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5911 case TargetInfo::AAPCSABIBuiltinVaList: 5912 return CreateAAPCSABIBuiltinVaListDecl(Context); 5913 } 5914 5915 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled __builtin_va_list type kind"); 5916} 5917 5918TypedefDecl *ASTContext::getBuiltinVaListDecl() const { 5919 if (!BuiltinVaListDecl) 5920 BuiltinVaListDecl = CreateVaListDecl(this, Target->getBuiltinVaListKind()); 5921 5922 return BuiltinVaListDecl; 5923} 5924 5925QualType ASTContext::getVaListTagType() const { 5926 // Force the creation of VaListTagTy by building the __builtin_va_list 5927 // declaration. 5928 if (VaListTagTy.isNull()) 5929 (void) getBuiltinVaListDecl(); 5930 5931 return VaListTagTy; 5932} 5933 5934void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) { 5935 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() && 5936 "'NSConstantString' type already set!"); 5937 5938 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl); 5939} 5940 5941/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty 5942/// lookup. 5943TemplateName 5944ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin, 5945 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const { 5946 unsigned size = End - Begin; 5947 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!"); 5948 5949 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) + 5950 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*)); 5951 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size); 5952 5953 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage(); 5954 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) { 5955 NamedDecl *D = *I; 5956 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) || 5957 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) && 5958 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))); 5959 *Storage++ = D; 5960 } 5961 5962 return TemplateName(OT); 5963} 5964 5965/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified 5966/// template name such as \c std::vector. 5967TemplateName 5968ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5969 bool TemplateKeyword, 5970 TemplateDecl *Template) const { 5971 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name"); 5972 5973 // FIXME: Canonicalization? 5974 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5975 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5976 5977 void *InsertPos = 0; 5978 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = 5979 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 5980 if (!QTN) { 5981 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<QualifiedTemplateName>()) 5982 QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template); 5983 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 5984 } 5985 5986 return TemplateName(QTN); 5987} 5988 5989/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 5990/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply. 5991TemplateName 5992ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 5993 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const { 5994 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 5995 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 5996 5997 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 5998 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name); 5999 6000 void *InsertPos = 0; 6001 DependentTemplateName *QTN = 6002 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6003 6004 if (QTN) 6005 return TemplateName(QTN); 6006 6007 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6008 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6009 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6010 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name); 6011 } else { 6012 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name); 6013 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6014 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon); 6015 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN = 6016 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6017 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken"); 6018 (void)CheckQTN; 6019 } 6020 6021 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6022 return TemplateName(QTN); 6023} 6024 6025/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent 6026/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+. 6027TemplateName 6028ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, 6029 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const { 6030 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) && 6031 "Nested name specifier must be dependent"); 6032 6033 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6034 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator); 6035 6036 void *InsertPos = 0; 6037 DependentTemplateName *QTN 6038 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6039 6040 if (QTN) 6041 return TemplateName(QTN); 6042 6043 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS); 6044 if (CanonNNS == NNS) { 6045 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6046 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator); 6047 } else { 6048 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator); 6049 QTN = new (*this, llvm::alignOf<DependentTemplateName>()) 6050 DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon); 6051 6052 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN 6053 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6054 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken"); 6055 (void)CheckQTN; 6056 } 6057 6058 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos); 6059 return TemplateName(QTN); 6060} 6061 6062TemplateName 6063ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParm(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *param, 6064 TemplateName replacement) const { 6065 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6066 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage::Profile(ID, param, replacement); 6067 6068 void *insertPos = 0; 6069 SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage *subst 6070 = SubstTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos); 6071 6072 if (!subst) { 6073 subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmStorage(param, replacement); 6074 SubstTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(subst, insertPos); 6075 } 6076 6077 return TemplateName(subst); 6078} 6079 6080TemplateName 6081ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 6082 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const { 6083 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this); 6084 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID; 6085 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack); 6086 6087 void *InsertPos = 0; 6088 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst 6089 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos); 6090 6091 if (!Subst) { 6092 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Param, 6093 ArgPack.pack_size(), 6094 ArgPack.pack_begin()); 6095 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos); 6096 } 6097 6098 return TemplateName(Subst); 6099} 6100 6101/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by 6102/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type 6103/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType. 6104CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const { 6105 switch (Type) { 6106 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType(); 6107 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy; 6108 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy; 6109 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy; 6110 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy; 6111 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy; 6112 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy; 6113 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy; 6114 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy; 6115 } 6116 6117 llvm_unreachable("Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value"); 6118} 6119 6120//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6121// Type Predicates. 6122//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6123 6124/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's 6125/// garbage collection attribute. 6126/// 6127Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const { 6128 if (getLangOpts().getGC() == LangOptions::NonGC) 6129 return Qualifiers::GCNone; 6130 6131 assert(getLangOpts().ObjC1); 6132 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr(); 6133 6134 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers 6135 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared 6136 // as __strong. 6137 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) { 6138 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType()) 6139 return Qualifiers::Strong; 6140 else if (Ty->isPointerType()) 6141 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()); 6142 } else { 6143 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a 6144 // pointer. 6145#ifndef NDEBUG 6146 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal(); 6147 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT)) 6148 CT = AT->getElementType(); 6149 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType()); 6150#endif 6151 } 6152 return GCAttrs; 6153} 6154 6155//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6156// Type Compatibility Testing 6157//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6158 6159/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are 6160/// compatible. 6161static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS, 6162 const VectorType *RHS) { 6163 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified()); 6164 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() && 6165 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements(); 6166} 6167 6168bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec, 6169 QualType SecondVec) { 6170 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type"); 6171 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type"); 6172 6173 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec)) 6174 return true; 6175 6176 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the 6177 // equivalent GCC vector types. 6178 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6179 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>(); 6180 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() && 6181 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) && 6182 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6183 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool && 6184 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel && 6185 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool) 6186 return true; 6187 6188 return false; 6189} 6190 6191//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6192// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's. 6193//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 6194 6195/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the 6196/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'. 6197bool 6198ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto, 6199 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const { 6200 if (declaresSameEntity(lProto, rProto)) 6201 return true; 6202 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(), 6203 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI) 6204 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI)) 6205 return true; 6206 return false; 6207} 6208 6209/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<pr,...> with id<pr1,...> 6210/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false 6211/// otherwise. 6212bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) { 6213 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6214 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false); 6215 return false; 6216} 6217 6218/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<pr,...> and 6219/// Class<pr1, ...>. 6220bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, 6221 QualType rhs) { 6222 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6223 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6224 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible"); 6225 6226 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6227 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6228 bool match = false; 6229 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6230 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6231 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6232 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6233 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) { 6234 match = true; 6235 break; 6236 } 6237 } 6238 if (!match) 6239 return false; 6240 } 6241 return true; 6242} 6243 6244/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an 6245/// ObjCQualifiedIDType. 6246bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6247 bool compare) { 6248 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases. 6249 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6250 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType()) 6251 return true; 6252 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() || 6253 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType()) 6254 return true; 6255 6256 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) { 6257 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6258 6259 if (!rhsOPT) return false; 6260 6261 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) { 6262 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*", 6263 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6264 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6265 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6266 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6267 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6268 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6269 // through its super class and categories. 6270 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) 6271 return false; 6272 } 6273 } 6274 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'. 6275 return true; 6276 } 6277 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6278 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6279 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6280 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6281 bool match = false; 6282 6283 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6284 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6285 // through its super class and categories. 6286 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6287 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6288 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6289 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6290 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6291 match = true; 6292 break; 6293 } 6294 } 6295 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*", 6296 // make sure we check the class hierarchy. 6297 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6298 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(), 6299 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6300 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs, 6301 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6302 // through its super class and categories. 6303 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) { 6304 match = true; 6305 break; 6306 } 6307 } 6308 } 6309 if (!match) 6310 return false; 6311 } 6312 6313 return true; 6314 } 6315 6316 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6317 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>"); 6318 6319 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT = 6320 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) { 6321 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers. 6322 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(), 6323 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) { 6324 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I; 6325 bool match = false; 6326 6327 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs, 6328 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or 6329 // through its super class and categories. 6330 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct 6331 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6332 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6333 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6334 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6335 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6336 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6337 match = true; 6338 break; 6339 } 6340 } 6341 if (!match) 6342 return false; 6343 } 6344 6345 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols 6346 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch. 6347 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) { 6348 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6349 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols); 6350 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has 6351 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s) 6352 // assume that it is mismatch. 6353 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty()) 6354 return false; 6355 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6356 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6357 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6358 bool match = false; 6359 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I); 6360 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(), 6361 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) { 6362 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J; 6363 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) || 6364 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) { 6365 match = true; 6366 break; 6367 } 6368 } 6369 if (!match) 6370 return false; 6371 } 6372 } 6373 return true; 6374 } 6375 return false; 6376} 6377 6378/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are 6379/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any 6380/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS. 6381/// 6382bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6383 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) { 6384 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6385 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6386 6387 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true. 6388 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() || 6389 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass()) 6390 return true; 6391 6392 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId()) 6393 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6394 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6395 false); 6396 6397 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass()) 6398 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6399 QualType(RHSOPT,0)); 6400 6401 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path. 6402 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface()) 6403 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS); 6404 6405 return false; 6406} 6407 6408/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written 6409/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return 6410/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where 6411/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is 6412/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK. 6413bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 6414 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6415 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6416 bool BlockReturnType) { 6417 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType()) 6418 return true; 6419 6420 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) { 6421 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); 6422 } 6423 6424 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) 6425 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0), 6426 QualType(RHSOPT,0), 6427 false); 6428 6429 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6430 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType(); 6431 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types. 6432 if (LHS != RHS) { 6433 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl())) 6434 return BlockReturnType; 6435 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl())) 6436 return !BlockReturnType; 6437 } 6438 else 6439 return true; 6440 } 6441 return false; 6442} 6443 6444/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set 6445/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects. 6446/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of 6447/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects. 6448static 6449void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context, 6450 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT, 6451 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT, 6452 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) { 6453 6454 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6455 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType(); 6456 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base"); 6457 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base"); 6458 6459 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet; 6460 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols(); 6461 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0) 6462 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end()); 6463 else { 6464 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols; 6465 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(), 6466 LHSInheritedProtocols); 6467 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6468 LHSInheritedProtocols.end()); 6469 } 6470 6471 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols(); 6472 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) { 6473 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols = 6474 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin()); 6475 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i) 6476 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i])) 6477 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]); 6478 } else { 6479 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols; 6480 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), 6481 RHSInheritedProtocols); 6482 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6483 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6484 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) 6485 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I))) 6486 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I)); 6487 } 6488} 6489 6490/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if 6491/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the 6492/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a 6493/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare. 6494QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible( 6495 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr, 6496 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) { 6497 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType(); 6498 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType(); 6499 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface(); 6500 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface(); 6501 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (declaresSameEntity(LDecl, RDecl))) 6502 return QualType(); 6503 6504 do { 6505 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl)); 6506 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) { 6507 SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols; 6508 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols); 6509 6510 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0); 6511 if (!Protocols.empty()) 6512 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size()); 6513 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result); 6514 return Result; 6515 } 6516 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())); 6517 6518 return QualType(); 6519} 6520 6521bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS, 6522 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) { 6523 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type"); 6524 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type"); 6525 6526 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of 6527 // the LHS. 6528 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface())) 6529 return false; 6530 6531 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not 6532 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good. 6533 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) 6534 return true; 6535 6536 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, 6537 // more detailed analysis is required. 6538 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) { 6539 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and* 6540 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS. 6541 // false otherwise. 6542 bool IsSuperClass = 6543 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()); 6544 if (IsSuperClass) { 6545 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types 6546 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols 6547 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok. 6548 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>. 6549 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols; 6550 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols); 6551 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match. 6552 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty()) 6553 return false; 6554 6555 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6556 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6557 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6558 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false; 6559 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI); 6560 6561 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I = 6562 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(), 6563 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6564 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I); 6565 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) { 6566 SuperImplementsProtocol = true; 6567 break; 6568 } 6569 } 6570 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol) 6571 return false; 6572 } 6573 return true; 6574 } 6575 return false; 6576 } 6577 6578 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(), 6579 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end(); 6580 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) { 6581 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false; 6582 6583 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types 6584 // are incompatible. 6585 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(), 6586 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end(); 6587 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) { 6588 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) { 6589 RHSImplementsProtocol = true; 6590 break; 6591 } 6592 } 6593 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name. 6594 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol) 6595 return false; 6596 } 6597 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS. 6598 return true; 6599} 6600 6601bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6602 // get the "pointed to" types 6603 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6604 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(); 6605 6606 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT) 6607 return false; 6608 6609 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) || 6610 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT); 6611} 6612 6613bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) { 6614 return canAssignObjCInterfaces( 6615 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 6616 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()); 6617} 6618 6619/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible, 6620/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type. 6621/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the 6622/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules. 6623bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6624 bool CompareUnqualified) { 6625 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6626 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS); 6627 6628 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull(); 6629} 6630 6631bool ASTContext::propertyTypesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6632 return typesAreCompatible(LHS, RHS); 6633} 6634 6635bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 6636 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull(); 6637} 6638 6639/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member 6640/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return 6641/// QualType() 6642QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType, 6643 bool OfBlockPointer, 6644 bool Unqualified) { 6645 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) { 6646 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl(); 6647 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) { 6648 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(), 6649 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) { 6650 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 6651 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6652 if (!MT.isNull()) 6653 return MT; 6654 } 6655 } 6656 } 6657 6658 return QualType(); 6659} 6660 6661/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function 6662/// argument types 6663QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6664 bool OfBlockPointer, 6665 bool Unqualified) { 6666 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function 6667 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other 6668 // type is compatible with a union member 6669 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, 6670 Unqualified); 6671 if (!lmerge.isNull()) 6672 return lmerge; 6673 6674 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer, 6675 Unqualified); 6676 if (!rmerge.isNull()) 6677 return rmerge; 6678 6679 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 6680} 6681 6682QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs, 6683 bool OfBlockPointer, 6684 bool Unqualified) { 6685 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6686 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>(); 6687 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase); 6688 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase); 6689 bool allLTypes = true; 6690 bool allRTypes = true; 6691 6692 // Check return type 6693 QualType retType; 6694 if (OfBlockPointer) { 6695 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType(); 6696 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType(); 6697 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified; 6698 if (!UnqualifiedResult) 6699 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers()); 6700 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true); 6701 } 6702 else 6703 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false, 6704 Unqualified); 6705 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6706 6707 if (Unqualified) 6708 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6709 6710 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType()); 6711 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType()); 6712 if (Unqualified) { 6713 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6714 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType(); 6715 } 6716 6717 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType) 6718 allLTypes = false; 6719 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType) 6720 allRTypes = false; 6721 6722 // FIXME: double check this 6723 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6724 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 && 6725 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()? 6726 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo(); 6727 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo(); 6728 6729 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions 6730 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC())) 6731 return QualType(); 6732 6733 // Regparm is part of the calling convention. 6734 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm()) 6735 return QualType(); 6736 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm()) 6737 return QualType(); 6738 6739 if (lbaseInfo.getProducesResult() != rbaseInfo.getProducesResult()) 6740 return QualType(); 6741 6742 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'. 6743 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn(); 6744 6745 if (lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6746 allLTypes = false; 6747 if (rbaseInfo.getNoReturn() != NoReturn) 6748 allRTypes = false; 6749 6750 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo = lbaseInfo.withNoReturn(NoReturn); 6751 6752 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes 6753 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() && 6754 "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6755 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs(); 6756 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs(); 6757 6758 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments 6759 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs) 6760 return QualType(); 6761 6762 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible 6763 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic()) 6764 return QualType(); 6765 6766 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals()) 6767 return QualType(); 6768 6769 if (LangOpts.ObjCAutoRefCount && 6770 !FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs(rproto, lproto)) 6771 return QualType(); 6772 6773 // Check argument compatibility 6774 SmallVector<QualType, 10> types; 6775 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) { 6776 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6777 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType(); 6778 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype, 6779 OfBlockPointer, 6780 Unqualified); 6781 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType(); 6782 6783 if (Unqualified) 6784 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6785 6786 types.push_back(argtype); 6787 if (Unqualified) { 6788 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6789 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType(); 6790 } 6791 6792 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype)) 6793 allLTypes = false; 6794 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype)) 6795 allRTypes = false; 6796 } 6797 6798 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6799 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6800 6801 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6802 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6803 return getFunctionType(retType, types, EPI); 6804 } 6805 6806 if (lproto) allRTypes = false; 6807 if (rproto) allLTypes = false; 6808 6809 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto; 6810 if (proto) { 6811 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here"); 6812 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType(); 6813 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that 6814 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15). 6815 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer 6816 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different 6817 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible. 6818 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs(); 6819 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) { 6820 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i); 6821 6822 // Look at the converted type of enum types, since that is the type used 6823 // to pass enum values. 6824 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6825 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6826 if (argTy.isNull()) 6827 return QualType(); 6828 } 6829 6830 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() || 6831 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy) 6832 return QualType(); 6833 } 6834 6835 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6836 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6837 6838 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo(); 6839 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo; 6840 return getFunctionType(retType, 6841 ArrayRef<QualType>(proto->arg_type_begin(), 6842 proto->getNumArgs()), 6843 EPI); 6844 } 6845 6846 if (allLTypes) return lhs; 6847 if (allRTypes) return rhs; 6848 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo); 6849} 6850 6851/// Given that we have an enum type and a non-enum type, try to merge them. 6852static QualType mergeEnumWithInteger(ASTContext &Context, const EnumType *ET, 6853 QualType other, bool isBlockReturnType) { 6854 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char, 6855 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type. 6856 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion 6857 // type. 6858 QualType underlyingType = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 6859 if (underlyingType.isNull()) return QualType(); 6860 if (Context.hasSameType(underlyingType, other)) 6861 return other; 6862 6863 // In block return types, we're more permissive and accept any 6864 // integral type of the same size. 6865 if (isBlockReturnType && other->isIntegerType() && 6866 Context.getTypeSize(underlyingType) == Context.getTypeSize(other)) 6867 return other; 6868 6869 return QualType(); 6870} 6871 6872QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS, 6873 bool OfBlockPointer, 6874 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) { 6875 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the 6876 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression 6877 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the 6878 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and 6879 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses). 6880 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?"); 6881 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?"); 6882 6883 if (Unqualified) { 6884 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6885 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType(); 6886 } 6887 6888 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 6889 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 6890 6891 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 6892 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 6893 return LHS; 6894 6895 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly. 6896 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6897 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 6898 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 6899 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type 6900 // mismatch. 6901 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 6902 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace() || 6903 LQuals.getObjCLifetime() != RQuals.getObjCLifetime()) 6904 return QualType(); 6905 6906 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 6907 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 6908 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 6909 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 6910 // qualified __strong. 6911 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6912 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 6913 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 6914 6915 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 6916 return QualType(); 6917 6918 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6919 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong)); 6920 } 6921 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 6922 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS); 6923 } 6924 return QualType(); 6925 } 6926 6927 // Okay, qualifiers are equal. 6928 6929 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6930 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass(); 6931 6932 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these 6933 // comparisons, just force one to the other. 6934 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6935 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto; 6936 6937 // Same as above for arrays 6938 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6939 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6940 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray) 6941 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray; 6942 6943 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects. 6944 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6945 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject; 6946 6947 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector. 6948 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector; 6949 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector; 6950 6951 // If the canonical type classes don't match. 6952 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) { 6953 // Note that we only have special rules for turning block enum 6954 // returns into block int returns, not vice-versa. 6955 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6956 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, RHS, false); 6957 } 6958 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6959 return mergeEnumWithInteger(*this, ETy, LHS, BlockReturnType); 6960 } 6961 // allow block pointer type to match an 'id' type. 6962 if (OfBlockPointer && !BlockReturnType) { 6963 if (LHS->isObjCIdType() && RHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6964 return LHS; 6965 if (RHS->isObjCIdType() && LHS->isBlockPointerType()) 6966 return RHS; 6967 } 6968 6969 return QualType(); 6970 } 6971 6972 // The canonical type classes match. 6973 switch (LHSClass) { 6974#define TYPE(Class, Base) 6975#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) 6976#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6977#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6978#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class: 6979#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def" 6980 llvm_unreachable("Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here"); 6981 6982 case Type::LValueReference: 6983 case Type::RValueReference: 6984 case Type::MemberPointer: 6985 llvm_unreachable("C++ should never be in mergeTypes"); 6986 6987 case Type::ObjCInterface: 6988 case Type::IncompleteArray: 6989 case Type::VariableArray: 6990 case Type::FunctionProto: 6991 case Type::ExtVector: 6992 llvm_unreachable("Types are eliminated above"); 6993 6994 case Type::Pointer: 6995 { 6996 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 6997 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6998 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 6999 if (Unqualified) { 7000 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7001 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7002 } 7003 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false, 7004 Unqualified); 7005 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7006 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7007 return LHS; 7008 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7009 return RHS; 7010 return getPointerType(ResultType); 7011 } 7012 case Type::BlockPointer: 7013 { 7014 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7015 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7016 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7017 if (Unqualified) { 7018 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7019 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType(); 7020 } 7021 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer, 7022 Unqualified); 7023 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7024 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7025 return LHS; 7026 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7027 return RHS; 7028 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType); 7029 } 7030 case Type::Atomic: 7031 { 7032 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info 7033 QualType LHSValue = LHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7034 QualType RHSValue = RHS->getAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(); 7035 if (Unqualified) { 7036 LHSValue = LHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7037 RHSValue = RHSValue.getUnqualifiedType(); 7038 } 7039 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSValue, RHSValue, false, 7040 Unqualified); 7041 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7042 if (getCanonicalType(LHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7043 return LHS; 7044 if (getCanonicalType(RHSValue) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7045 return RHS; 7046 return getAtomicType(ResultType); 7047 } 7048 case Type::ConstantArray: 7049 { 7050 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS); 7051 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS); 7052 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize()) 7053 return QualType(); 7054 7055 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType(); 7056 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType(); 7057 if (Unqualified) { 7058 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7059 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType(); 7060 } 7061 7062 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified); 7063 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType(); 7064 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7065 return LHS; 7066 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7067 return RHS; 7068 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(), 7069 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7070 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(), 7071 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7072 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS); 7073 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS); 7074 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7075 return LHS; 7076 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) 7077 return RHS; 7078 if (LVAT) { 7079 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7080 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type 7081 // has to be different. 7082 return LHS; 7083 } 7084 if (RVAT) { 7085 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because 7086 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type 7087 // has to be different. 7088 return RHS; 7089 } 7090 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS; 7091 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS; 7092 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType, 7093 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0); 7094 } 7095 case Type::FunctionNoProto: 7096 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified); 7097 case Type::Record: 7098 case Type::Enum: 7099 return QualType(); 7100 case Type::Builtin: 7101 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above. 7102 return QualType(); 7103 case Type::Complex: 7104 // Distinct complex types are incompatible. 7105 return QualType(); 7106 case Type::Vector: 7107 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector! 7108 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(), 7109 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>())) 7110 return LHS; 7111 return QualType(); 7112 case Type::ObjCObject: { 7113 // Check if the types are assignment compatible. 7114 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether 7115 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal. 7116 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7117 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(); 7118 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface)) 7119 return LHS; 7120 7121 return QualType(); 7122 } 7123 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { 7124 if (OfBlockPointer) { 7125 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer( 7126 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7127 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7128 BlockReturnType)) 7129 return LHS; 7130 return QualType(); 7131 } 7132 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(), 7133 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) 7134 return LHS; 7135 7136 return QualType(); 7137 } 7138 } 7139 7140 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type::Class!"); 7141} 7142 7143bool ASTContext::FunctionTypesMatchOnNSConsumedAttrs( 7144 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType, 7145 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType) { 7146 if (FromFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs() != 7147 ToFunctionType->hasAnyConsumedArgs()) 7148 return false; 7149 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo FromEPI = 7150 FromFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7151 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ToEPI = 7152 ToFunctionType->getExtProtoInfo(); 7153 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments && ToEPI.ConsumedArguments) 7154 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs(); 7155 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) { 7156 if (FromEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx] != 7157 ToEPI.ConsumedArguments[ArgIdx]) 7158 return false; 7159 } 7160 return true; 7161} 7162 7163/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and 7164/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function 7165/// return types. 7166QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) { 7167 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS), 7168 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS); 7169 // If two types are identical, they are compatible. 7170 if (LHSCan == RHSCan) 7171 return LHS; 7172 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) { 7173 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType()) 7174 return QualType(); 7175 QualType OldReturnType = 7176 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7177 QualType NewReturnType = 7178 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 7179 QualType ResReturnType = 7180 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType); 7181 if (ResReturnType.isNull()) 7182 return QualType(); 7183 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) { 7184 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo(); 7185 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type. 7186 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7187 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) { 7188 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7189 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS); 7190 QualType ResultType 7191 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, 7192 ArrayRef<QualType>(FPT->arg_type_begin(), 7193 FPT->getNumArgs()), 7194 EPI); 7195 return ResultType; 7196 } 7197 } 7198 return QualType(); 7199 } 7200 7201 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged. 7202 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7203 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers(); 7204 if (LQuals != RQuals) { 7205 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch. 7206 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() || 7207 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace()) 7208 return QualType(); 7209 7210 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is 7211 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective 7212 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix 7213 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually 7214 // qualified __strong. 7215 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7216 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr(); 7217 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements"); 7218 7219 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak) 7220 return QualType(); 7221 7222 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong) 7223 return LHS; 7224 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong) 7225 return RHS; 7226 return QualType(); 7227 } 7228 7229 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 7230 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7231 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 7232 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT); 7233 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT) 7234 return LHS; 7235 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT) 7236 return RHS; 7237 } 7238 return QualType(); 7239} 7240 7241//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7242// Integer Predicates 7243//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7244 7245unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const { 7246 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) 7247 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7248 if (T->isBooleanType()) 7249 return 1; 7250 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method 7251 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T); 7252} 7253 7254QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) const { 7255 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type"); 7256 7257 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int> 7258 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>()) 7259 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()), 7260 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind()); 7261 7262 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type. 7263 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>()) 7264 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType(); 7265 7266 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>(); 7267 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type"); 7268 switch (BTy->getKind()) { 7269 case BuiltinType::Char_S: 7270 case BuiltinType::SChar: 7271 return UnsignedCharTy; 7272 case BuiltinType::Short: 7273 return UnsignedShortTy; 7274 case BuiltinType::Int: 7275 return UnsignedIntTy; 7276 case BuiltinType::Long: 7277 return UnsignedLongTy; 7278 case BuiltinType::LongLong: 7279 return UnsignedLongLongTy; 7280 case BuiltinType::Int128: 7281 return UnsignedInt128Ty; 7282 default: 7283 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected signed integer type"); 7284 } 7285} 7286 7287ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { } 7288 7289 7290//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7291// Builtin Type Computation 7292//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7293 7294/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the 7295/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If 7296/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic 7297/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of 7298/// a vector of "i*". 7299/// 7300/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required 7301/// to be an Integer Constant Expression. 7302static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context, 7303 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7304 bool &RequiresICE, 7305 bool AllowTypeModifiers) { 7306 // Modifiers. 7307 int HowLong = 0; 7308 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false; 7309 RequiresICE = false; 7310 7311 // Read the prefixed modifiers first. 7312 bool Done = false; 7313 while (!Done) { 7314 switch (*Str++) { 7315 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7316 case 'I': 7317 RequiresICE = true; 7318 break; 7319 case 'S': 7320 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7321 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7322 Signed = true; 7323 break; 7324 case 'U': 7325 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!"); 7326 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!"); 7327 Unsigned = true; 7328 break; 7329 case 'L': 7330 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier"); 7331 ++HowLong; 7332 break; 7333 } 7334 } 7335 7336 QualType Type; 7337 7338 // Read the base type. 7339 switch (*Str++) { 7340 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown builtin type letter!"); 7341 case 'v': 7342 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7343 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!"); 7344 Type = Context.VoidTy; 7345 break; 7346 case 'f': 7347 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7348 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!"); 7349 Type = Context.FloatTy; 7350 break; 7351 case 'd': 7352 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned && 7353 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!"); 7354 if (HowLong) 7355 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy; 7356 else 7357 Type = Context.DoubleTy; 7358 break; 7359 case 's': 7360 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!"); 7361 if (Unsigned) 7362 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7363 else 7364 Type = Context.ShortTy; 7365 break; 7366 case 'i': 7367 if (HowLong == 3) 7368 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty; 7369 else if (HowLong == 2) 7370 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7371 else if (HowLong == 1) 7372 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7373 else 7374 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7375 break; 7376 case 'c': 7377 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!"); 7378 if (Signed) 7379 Type = Context.SignedCharTy; 7380 else if (Unsigned) 7381 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7382 else 7383 Type = Context.CharTy; 7384 break; 7385 case 'b': // boolean 7386 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!"); 7387 Type = Context.BoolTy; 7388 break; 7389 case 'z': // size_t. 7390 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!"); 7391 Type = Context.getSizeType(); 7392 break; 7393 case 'F': 7394 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType(); 7395 break; 7396 case 'G': 7397 Type = Context.getObjCIdType(); 7398 break; 7399 case 'H': 7400 Type = Context.getObjCSelType(); 7401 break; 7402 case 'M': 7403 Type = Context.getObjCSuperType(); 7404 break; 7405 case 'a': 7406 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7407 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7408 break; 7409 case 'A': 7410 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly 7411 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two 7412 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones 7413 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is 7414 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list 7415 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86, 7416 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want 7417 // it to be a __va_list_tag*. 7418 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType(); 7419 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!"); 7420 if (Type->isArrayType()) 7421 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type); 7422 else 7423 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7424 break; 7425 case 'V': { 7426 char *End; 7427 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7428 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7429 Str = End; 7430 7431 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, 7432 RequiresICE, false); 7433 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE"); 7434 7435 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet. 7436 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements, 7437 VectorType::GenericVector); 7438 break; 7439 } 7440 case 'E': { 7441 char *End; 7442 7443 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7444 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size"); 7445 7446 Str = End; 7447 7448 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7449 false); 7450 Type = Context.getExtVectorType(ElementType, NumElements); 7451 break; 7452 } 7453 case 'X': { 7454 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE, 7455 false); 7456 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE"); 7457 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType); 7458 break; 7459 } 7460 case 'Y' : { 7461 Type = Context.getPointerDiffType(); 7462 break; 7463 } 7464 case 'P': 7465 Type = Context.getFILEType(); 7466 if (Type.isNull()) { 7467 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio; 7468 return QualType(); 7469 } 7470 break; 7471 case 'J': 7472 if (Signed) 7473 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType(); 7474 else 7475 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType(); 7476 7477 if (Type.isNull()) { 7478 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp; 7479 return QualType(); 7480 } 7481 break; 7482 case 'K': 7483 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'K'!"); 7484 Type = Context.getucontext_tType(); 7485 7486 if (Type.isNull()) { 7487 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext; 7488 return QualType(); 7489 } 7490 break; 7491 case 'p': 7492 Type = Context.getProcessIDType(); 7493 break; 7494 } 7495 7496 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it. 7497 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers; 7498 while (!Done) { 7499 switch (char c = *Str++) { 7500 default: Done = true; --Str; break; 7501 case '*': 7502 case '&': { 7503 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types 7504 // qualified with an address space. 7505 char *End; 7506 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10); 7507 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) { 7508 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace); 7509 Str = End; 7510 } 7511 if (c == '*') 7512 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type); 7513 else 7514 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type); 7515 break; 7516 } 7517 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg. 7518 case 'C': 7519 Type = Type.withConst(); 7520 break; 7521 case 'D': 7522 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type); 7523 break; 7524 case 'R': 7525 Type = Type.withRestrict(); 7526 break; 7527 } 7528 } 7529 7530 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) && 7531 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer"); 7532 7533 return Type; 7534} 7535 7536/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin. 7537QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id, 7538 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error, 7539 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const { 7540 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id); 7541 7542 SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes; 7543 7544 bool RequiresICE = false; 7545 Error = GE_None; 7546 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, 7547 RequiresICE, true); 7548 if (Error != GE_None) 7549 return QualType(); 7550 7551 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE"); 7552 7553 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') { 7554 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true); 7555 if (Error != GE_None) 7556 return QualType(); 7557 7558 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the 7559 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return. 7560 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs) 7561 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size(); 7562 7563 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type. 7564 if (Ty->isArrayType()) 7565 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty); 7566 7567 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty); 7568 } 7569 7570 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) && 7571 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!"); 7572 7573 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI; 7574 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true); 7575 7576 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.'); 7577 7578 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++. 7579 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic) 7580 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI); 7581 7582 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 7583 EPI.ExtInfo = EI; 7584 EPI.Variadic = Variadic; 7585 7586 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes, EPI); 7587} 7588 7589GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7590 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7591 7592 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage(); 7593 switch (L) { 7594 case NoLinkage: 7595 case InternalLinkage: 7596 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7597 return GVA_Internal; 7598 7599 case ExternalLinkage: 7600 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) { 7601 case TSK_Undeclared: 7602 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7603 External = GVA_StrongExternal; 7604 break; 7605 7606 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7607 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7608 7609 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7610 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7611 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7612 break; 7613 } 7614 } 7615 7616 if (!FD->isInlined()) 7617 return External; 7618 7619 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 7620 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be 7621 // externally visible. 7622 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible()) 7623 return External; 7624 7625 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible. 7626 return GVA_C99Inline; 7627 } 7628 7629 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9: 7630 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of 7631 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly 7632 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for 7633 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be 7634 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ] 7635 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 7636 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration) 7637 return GVA_C99Inline; 7638 7639 return GVA_CXXInline; 7640} 7641 7642GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) { 7643 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template 7644 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a 7645 // template. 7646 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared; 7647 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) 7648 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind(); 7649 7650 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage(); 7651 7652 switch (L) { 7653 case NoLinkage: 7654 case InternalLinkage: 7655 case UniqueExternalLinkage: 7656 return GVA_Internal; 7657 7658 case ExternalLinkage: 7659 switch (TSK) { 7660 case TSK_Undeclared: 7661 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization: 7662 return GVA_StrongExternal; 7663 7664 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration: 7665 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated"); 7666 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation. 7667 7668 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition: 7669 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation; 7670 7671 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation: 7672 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation; 7673 } 7674 } 7675 7676 llvm_unreachable("Invalid Linkage!"); 7677} 7678 7679bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) { 7680 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 7681 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl()) 7682 return false; 7683 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7684 // We never need to emit an uninstantiated function template. 7685 if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 7686 return false; 7687 } else 7688 return false; 7689 7690 // If this is a member of a class template, we do not need to emit it. 7691 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 7692 return false; 7693 7694 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves. 7695 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) 7696 return false; 7697 7698 // Aliases and used decls are required. 7699 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7700 return true; 7701 7702 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 7703 // Forward declarations aren't required. 7704 if (!FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 7705 return FD->doesDeclarationForceExternallyVisibleDefinition(); 7706 7707 // Constructors and destructors are required. 7708 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) 7709 return true; 7710 7711 // The key function for a class is required. This rule only comes 7712 // into play when inline functions can be key functions, though. 7713 if (getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7714 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 7715 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent(); 7716 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) { 7717 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getCurrentKeyFunction(RD); 7718 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl()) 7719 return true; 7720 } 7721 } 7722 } 7723 7724 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD); 7725 7726 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can 7727 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++. 7728 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++. 7729 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline || 7730 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7731 return false; 7732 return true; 7733 } 7734 7735 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D); 7736 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var"); 7737 7738 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) 7739 return false; 7740 7741 // Variables that can be needed in other TUs are required. 7742 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD); 7743 if (L != GVA_Internal && L != GVA_TemplateInstantiation) 7744 return true; 7745 7746 // Variables that have destruction with side-effects are required. 7747 if (VD->getType().isDestructedType()) 7748 return true; 7749 7750 // Variables that have initialization with side-effects are required. 7751 if (VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)) 7752 return true; 7753 7754 return false; 7755} 7756 7757CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(bool isVariadic) { 7758 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7759 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv(isVariadic); 7760} 7761 7762CallingConv ASTContext::getCanonicalCallConv(CallingConv CC) const { 7763 if (CC == CC_C && !LangOpts.MRTD && 7764 getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMemberFunctionCCDefault()) 7765 return CC_Default; 7766 return CC; 7767} 7768 7769bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const { 7770 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object 7771 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD); 7772} 7773 7774MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() { 7775 switch (Target->getCXXABI().getKind()) { 7776 case TargetCXXABI::GenericAArch64: 7777 case TargetCXXABI::GenericItanium: 7778 case TargetCXXABI::GenericARM: 7779 case TargetCXXABI::iOS: 7780 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7781 case TargetCXXABI::Microsoft: 7782 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics()); 7783 } 7784 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI"); 7785} 7786 7787CXXABI::~CXXABI() {} 7788 7789size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const { 7790 return ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize() 7791 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCLayouts) 7792 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(KeyFunctions) 7793 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ObjCImpls) 7794 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(BlockVarCopyInits) 7795 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(DeclAttrs) 7796 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember) 7797 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingDecl) 7798 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl) 7799 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl) 7800 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(OverriddenMethods) 7801 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(Types) 7802 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(VariableArrayTypes) 7803 + llvm::capacity_in_bytes(ClassScopeSpecializationPattern); 7804} 7805 7806void ASTContext::addUnnamedTag(const TagDecl *Tag) { 7807 // FIXME: This mangling should be applied to function local classes too 7808 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl() || 7809 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent()) || Tag->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) 7810 return; 7811 7812 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const DeclContext *, unsigned>::iterator, bool> P = 7813 UnnamedMangleContexts.insert(std::make_pair(Tag->getParent(), 0)); 7814 UnnamedMangleNumbers.insert(std::make_pair(Tag, P.first->second++)); 7815} 7816 7817int ASTContext::getUnnamedTagManglingNumber(const TagDecl *Tag) const { 7818 llvm::DenseMap<const TagDecl *, unsigned>::const_iterator I = 7819 UnnamedMangleNumbers.find(Tag); 7820 return I != UnnamedMangleNumbers.end() ? I->second : -1; 7821} 7822 7823unsigned ASTContext::getLambdaManglingNumber(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator) { 7824 CXXRecordDecl *Lambda = CallOperator->getParent(); 7825 return LambdaMangleContexts[Lambda->getDeclContext()] 7826 .getManglingNumber(CallOperator); 7827} 7828 7829 7830void ASTContext::setParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D, unsigned int index) { 7831 ParamIndices[D] = index; 7832} 7833 7834unsigned ASTContext::getParameterIndex(const ParmVarDecl *D) const { 7835 ParameterIndexTable::const_iterator I = ParamIndices.find(D); 7836 assert(I != ParamIndices.end() && 7837 "ParmIndices lacks entry set by ParmVarDecl"); 7838 return I->second; 7839} 7840